Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.1.1.2
      1      1.1     skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2      1.1     skrll    Copyright 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
      3  1.1.1.2  christos    2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4      1.1     skrll 
      5      1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6      1.1     skrll 
      7      1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8      1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9      1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10      1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     11      1.1     skrll 
     12      1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13      1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14      1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15      1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16      1.1     skrll 
     17      1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18      1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19      1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20      1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21      1.1     skrll 
     22      1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     23      1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     24      1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     25      1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     26      1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27      1.1     skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
     28      1.1     skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     29      1.1     skrll 
     30      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *reloc_type_lookup
     31      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd_reloc_code_real_type));
     32      1.1     skrll static void rtype_to_howto
     33      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, arelent *, Elf_Internal_Rela *));
     34      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc
     35      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
     36      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_link_hash_table *elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
     37      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *));
     38      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_check_relocs
     39      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
     40      1.1     skrll 	   const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
     41      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
     42      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
     43      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
     44      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
     45      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_discard_copies
     46      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
     47      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_relocate_section
     48      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
     49      1.1     skrll 	   Elf_Internal_Rela *, Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **));
     50      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
     51      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *,
     52      1.1     skrll 	   Elf_Internal_Sym *));
     53      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
     54      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
     55      1.1     skrll 
     56      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
     57      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, flagword));
     58      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
     59      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *));
     60      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
     61      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((bfd *, PTR));
     62      1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
     63      1.1     skrll   PARAMS ((const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
     64      1.1     skrll 
     65      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] = {
     66      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",      FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     67      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_32,         0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",        FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     68      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_16,         0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",        FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     69      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_8,          0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",         FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     70      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,       0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     71      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,       0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",      FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     72      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,        0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",       FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     73      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     74      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     75      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     76      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     77      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     78      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     79      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     80      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     81      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     82      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     83      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     84      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     85      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     86      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     87      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     88      1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     89      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     90      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     91      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     92      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     93      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     94      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     95      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     96      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     97      1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     98      1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     99      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    100      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    101      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    102      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
    103      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
    104      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
    105      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    106      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    107      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    108      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    109      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    110      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    111      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
    112      1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
    113      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    114      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    115      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    116      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
    117  1.1.1.2  christos 
    118  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
    119  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
    120  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    121  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    122  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    123  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    124  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    125  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    126  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    127  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
    128  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    129  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    130  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    131  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    132  1.1.1.2  christos 
    133  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    134  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    135  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    136  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    137  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    138  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    139  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    140  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    141  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    142  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    143  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    144  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    145  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    146  1.1.1.2  christos 
    147  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    148  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    149  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    150  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    151  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    152  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    153  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    154  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    155  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    156  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    157  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    158  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    159  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    160  1.1.1.2  christos 
    161  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    162  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    163  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    164  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    165  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    166  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    167  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    168  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    169  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    170  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    171  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    172  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    173  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    174  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    175  1.1.1.2  christos 
    176  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    177  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    178  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    179  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    180  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    181  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    182  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    183  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    184  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    185  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    186  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    187  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    188  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    189  1.1.1.2  christos 
    190  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    191  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    192  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    193  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    194  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    195  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    196  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    197  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    198  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    199  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    200  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    201  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    202  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    203  1.1.1.2  christos 
    204  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    205  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    206  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    207  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    208  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    209  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    210  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    211  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    212  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    213  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    214  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    215  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    216  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    217  1.1.1.2  christos 
    218  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    219  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    220  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    221  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    222  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    223  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    224  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    225  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    226  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    227  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    228  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    229  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    230  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    231  1.1.1.2  christos 
    232  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    233  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    234  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    235  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    236  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    237  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    238  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    239  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    240  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    241  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    242  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    243  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    244  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    245  1.1.1.2  christos 
    246  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    247  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    248  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    249  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    250  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    251  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    252  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    253  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    254  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    255  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    256  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    257  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    258  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    259  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    260  1.1.1.2  christos 
    261  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    262  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    263  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    264  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    265  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    266  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    267  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    268  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    269  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    270  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    271  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    272  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    273  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    274  1.1.1.2  christos 
    275  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    276  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    277  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    278  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    279  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    280  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    281  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    282  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    283  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    284  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    285  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    286  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    287  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    288  1.1.1.2  christos 
    289  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    290  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    291  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    292  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    293  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    294  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    295  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    296  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    297  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    298  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    299  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    300  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    301  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    302  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    303  1.1.1.2  christos 
    304  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    305  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    306  1.1.1.2  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    307  1.1.1.2  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    308  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    309  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    310  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    311  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    312  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    313  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    314  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    315  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    316  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    317  1.1.1.2  christos 
    318  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    319  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    320  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    321  1.1.1.2  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    322  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    323  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    324  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    325  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    326  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    327  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    328  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    329  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    330  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    331  1.1.1.2  christos 
    332  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    333  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    334  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    335  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    336  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    337  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    338  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    339  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    340  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    341  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    342  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    343  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    344  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    345  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    346  1.1.1.2  christos 
    347  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    348  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    349  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    350  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    351  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    352  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    353  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    354  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    355  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    356  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    357  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    358  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    359  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    360  1.1.1.2  christos 
    361  1.1.1.2  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    362  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    363  1.1.1.2  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    364  1.1.1.2  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    365  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    366  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    367  1.1.1.2  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    368  1.1.1.2  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    369  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    370  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    371  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    372  1.1.1.2  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    373  1.1.1.2  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    374      1.1     skrll };
    375      1.1     skrll 
    376      1.1     skrll static void
    377  1.1.1.2  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    378      1.1     skrll {
    379  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    380  1.1.1.2  christos 
    381  1.1.1.2  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    382  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    383  1.1.1.2  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
    384  1.1.1.2  christos 			     abfd, (int) indx);
    385  1.1.1.2  christos       indx = R_68K_NONE;
    386  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    387  1.1.1.2  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    388      1.1     skrll }
    389      1.1     skrll 
    390      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    391      1.1     skrll 
    392      1.1     skrll static const struct
    393      1.1     skrll {
    394      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    395      1.1     skrll   int elf_val;
    396  1.1.1.2  christos }
    397  1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_map[] =
    398  1.1.1.2  christos {
    399      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    400      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    401      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    402      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    403      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    404      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    405      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    406      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    407      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    408      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    409      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    410      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    411      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    412      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    413      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    414      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    415      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    416      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    417      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    418      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    419      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    420      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    421      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    422      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    423      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    424      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    425  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    426  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    427  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    428  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    429  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    430  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    431  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    432  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    433  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    434  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    435  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    436  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    437  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    438  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    439  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    440      1.1     skrll };
    441      1.1     skrll 
    442      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    443      1.1     skrll reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code)
    444      1.1     skrll      bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
    445      1.1     skrll      bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
    446      1.1     skrll {
    447      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    448      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    449      1.1     skrll     {
    450      1.1     skrll       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    451      1.1     skrll 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    452      1.1     skrll     }
    453      1.1     skrll   return 0;
    454      1.1     skrll }
    455      1.1     skrll 
    456      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    457      1.1     skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    458      1.1     skrll {
    459      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    460      1.1     skrll 
    461      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    462      1.1     skrll     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    463      1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    464      1.1     skrll       return &howto_table[i];
    465      1.1     skrll 
    466      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    467      1.1     skrll }
    468      1.1     skrll 
    469      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    470      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    471      1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    472  1.1.1.2  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    473      1.1     skrll 
    474      1.1     skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    476      1.1     skrll 
    477      1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    478      1.1     skrll    section.  */
    479      1.1     skrll 
    480      1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    481      1.1     skrll 
    482      1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    483      1.1     skrll 
    484      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    485      1.1     skrll {
    486      1.1     skrll   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    487      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma size;
    488      1.1     skrll 
    489      1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    490      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    491      1.1     skrll 
    492      1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    493      1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    494      1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    495      1.1     skrll   struct {
    496      1.1     skrll     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    497      1.1     skrll     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    498      1.1     skrll   } plt0_relocs;
    499      1.1     skrll 
    500      1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    501      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    502      1.1     skrll 
    503      1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    504      1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    505      1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    506      1.1     skrll   struct {
    507      1.1     skrll     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    508      1.1     skrll     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    509      1.1     skrll   } symbol_relocs;
    510      1.1     skrll 
    511      1.1     skrll   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    512      1.1     skrll      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    513      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    514      1.1     skrll };
    515      1.1     skrll 
    516      1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    517      1.1     skrll 
    518      1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    519      1.1     skrll 
    520      1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    521      1.1     skrll    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    522      1.1     skrll 
    523      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    524      1.1     skrll {
    525      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    526      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    527      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    528      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    529      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    530      1.1     skrll };
    531      1.1     skrll 
    532      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    533      1.1     skrll 
    534      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    535      1.1     skrll {
    536      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    537      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    538      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    539      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    540      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    541      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    542      1.1     skrll };
    543      1.1     skrll 
    544      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
    545      1.1     skrll   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    546      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    547      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    548      1.1     skrll };
    549      1.1     skrll 
    550      1.1     skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    551      1.1     skrll 
    552      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    553      1.1     skrll {
    554      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    555      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    556      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    557      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    558      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    559      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    560      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    561      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    562      1.1     skrll };
    563      1.1     skrll 
    564      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    565      1.1     skrll 
    566      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    567      1.1     skrll {
    568      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    569      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    570      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    571      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    572      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    573      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + reloc index */
    574      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,             /* bra.l .plt */
    575      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0              /* + .plt - . */
    576      1.1     skrll };
    577      1.1     skrll 
    578      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
    579      1.1     skrll   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    580      1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    581      1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    582      1.1     skrll };
    583      1.1     skrll 
    584      1.1     skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    585      1.1     skrll 
    586      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    587      1.1     skrll {
    588      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    589      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    590      1.1     skrll   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    591      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    592      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    593      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    594      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    595      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    596      1.1     skrll };
    597      1.1     skrll 
    598      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    599      1.1     skrll 
    600      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    601      1.1     skrll {
    602      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    603      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    604      1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    605      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    606      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    607      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    608      1.1     skrll   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    609      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0 		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    610      1.1     skrll };
    611      1.1     skrll 
    612      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
    613      1.1     skrll   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    614      1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    615      1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    616      1.1     skrll };
    617      1.1     skrll 
    618      1.1     skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    619      1.1     skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    620      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    621      1.1     skrll {
    622      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    623      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    624      1.1     skrll   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    625      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    626      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd1,             /* jmp %a1@ */
    627      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    628      1.1     skrll   0, 0
    629      1.1     skrll };
    630      1.1     skrll 
    631      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    632      1.1     skrll {
    633      1.1     skrll   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    634      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,              /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    635      1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd1,              /* jmp %a1@ */
    636      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,              /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    637      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + reloc index */
    638      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,              /* bra.l .plt */
    639      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + .plt - . */
    640      1.1     skrll   0, 0
    641      1.1     skrll };
    642      1.1     skrll 
    643      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
    644      1.1     skrll   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    645      1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    646      1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    647      1.1     skrll };
    648      1.1     skrll 
    649      1.1     skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    650      1.1     skrll    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    651      1.1     skrll    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    652      1.1     skrll    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    653      1.1     skrll    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    654      1.1     skrll 
    655      1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    656      1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    657      1.1     skrll 
    658      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    659      1.1     skrll {
    660      1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    661      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    662      1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    663      1.1     skrll   asection *section;
    664      1.1     skrll   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    665      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    666      1.1     skrll };
    667      1.1     skrll 
    668      1.1     skrll /* Forward declaration.  */
    669      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    670      1.1     skrll 
    671      1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    672      1.1     skrll 
    673      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    674      1.1     skrll {
    675      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    676      1.1     skrll 
    677      1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    678      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    679      1.1     skrll 
    680      1.1     skrll   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    681      1.1     skrll   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    682      1.1     skrll 
    683      1.1     skrll   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    684      1.1     skrll      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    685      1.1     skrll      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    686      1.1     skrll 
    687      1.1     skrll      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    688      1.1     skrll      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    689      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    690      1.1     skrll };
    691      1.1     skrll 
    692      1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    693      1.1     skrll 
    694      1.1     skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    695      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    696      1.1     skrll {
    697      1.1     skrll   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    698      1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    699      1.1     skrll 
    700      1.1     skrll   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    701  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    702  1.1.1.2  christos 
    703  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    704  1.1.1.2  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    705  1.1.1.2  christos 
    706  1.1.1.2  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    707  1.1.1.2  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    708  1.1.1.2  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    709  1.1.1.2  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    710      1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    711      1.1     skrll };
    712  1.1.1.2  christos 
    713  1.1.1.2  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    714  1.1.1.2  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    715      1.1     skrll 
    716      1.1     skrll /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    717      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    718      1.1     skrll {
    719      1.1     skrll   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    720      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    721      1.1     skrll 
    722      1.1     skrll   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    723      1.1     skrll   union
    724      1.1     skrll   {
    725      1.1     skrll     struct
    726      1.1     skrll     {
    727      1.1     skrll       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  It is used to
    728      1.1     skrll 	 filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook.  */
    729      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma refcount;
    730      1.1     skrll     } s1;
    731      1.1     skrll 
    732      1.1     skrll     struct
    733      1.1     skrll     {
    734      1.1     skrll       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    735      1.1     skrll 	 to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value.  */
    736      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
    737      1.1     skrll 
    738      1.1     skrll       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    739      1.1     skrll 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    740      1.1     skrll 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    741      1.1     skrll 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    742      1.1     skrll 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    743      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    744      1.1     skrll     } s2;
    745      1.1     skrll   } u;
    746      1.1     skrll };
    747  1.1.1.2  christos 
    748  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    749  1.1.1.2  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    750  1.1.1.2  christos    switches etc.  */
    751  1.1.1.2  christos 
    752  1.1.1.2  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    753  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    754  1.1.1.2  christos {
    755  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    756  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    757  1.1.1.2  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    758  1.1.1.2  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    759  1.1.1.2  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    760  1.1.1.2  christos 	 r_type.  */
    761  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    762  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    763  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    764  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    765  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    766  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    767  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    768  1.1.1.2  christos 
    769  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    770  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    771  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    772  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    773  1.1.1.2  christos 
    774  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    775  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    776  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    777  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    778  1.1.1.2  christos 
    779  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    780  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    781  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    782  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    783  1.1.1.2  christos 
    784  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    785  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    786  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
    787  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    788  1.1.1.2  christos }
    789  1.1.1.2  christos 
    790  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    791  1.1.1.2  christos 
    792  1.1.1.2  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    793  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    794  1.1.1.2  christos {
    795  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    796  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    797  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    798  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    799  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    800  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_32;
    801  1.1.1.2  christos 
    802  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    803  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    804  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_16;
    805  1.1.1.2  christos 
    806  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    807  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    808  1.1.1.2  christos       return R_8;
    809  1.1.1.2  christos 
    810  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    811  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    812  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
    813  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    814  1.1.1.2  christos }
    815  1.1.1.2  christos 
    816  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    817  1.1.1.2  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    818  1.1.1.2  christos 
    819  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
    820  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    821  1.1.1.2  christos {
    822  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    823  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    824  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    825  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    826  1.1.1.2  christos       return 1;
    827  1.1.1.2  christos 
    828  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    829  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    830  1.1.1.2  christos       return 2;
    831  1.1.1.2  christos 
    832  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    833  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    834  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
    835  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    836  1.1.1.2  christos }
    837  1.1.1.2  christos 
    838  1.1.1.2  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    839  1.1.1.2  christos 
    840  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
    841  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    842  1.1.1.2  christos {
    843  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (r_type)
    844  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    845  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    846  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    847  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    848  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    849  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    850  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    851  1.1.1.2  christos       return TRUE;
    852  1.1.1.2  christos 
    853  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
    854  1.1.1.2  christos       return FALSE;
    855  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    856  1.1.1.2  christos }
    857      1.1     skrll 
    858      1.1     skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    859      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got
    860      1.1     skrll {
    861      1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    862      1.1     skrll      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    863      1.1     skrll      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    864      1.1     skrll   htab_t entries;
    865  1.1.1.2  christos 
    866  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    867      1.1     skrll      several GOT slots.
    868  1.1.1.2  christos 
    869  1.1.1.2  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    870  1.1.1.2  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    871  1.1.1.2  christos      in this GOT.
    872  1.1.1.2  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    873  1.1.1.2  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    874  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    875  1.1.1.2  christos 
    876      1.1     skrll   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    877      1.1     skrll      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    878  1.1.1.2  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    879      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    880      1.1     skrll 
    881      1.1     skrll   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    882      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
    883      1.1     skrll };
    884      1.1     skrll 
    885      1.1     skrll /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    886      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    887      1.1     skrll {
    888      1.1     skrll   /* BFD.  */
    889      1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    890      1.1     skrll 
    891      1.1     skrll   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    892      1.1     skrll      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    893      1.1     skrll      share a single GOT.  */
    894      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    895      1.1     skrll };
    896      1.1     skrll 
    897      1.1     skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    898      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    899      1.1     skrll {
    900      1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    901      1.1     skrll      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    902      1.1     skrll      having an empty GOT).
    903      1.1     skrll 
    904      1.1     skrll      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    905      1.1     skrll   htab_t bfd2got;
    906      1.1     skrll 
    907      1.1     skrll   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    908      1.1     skrll      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    909      1.1     skrll   unsigned long global_symndx;
    910      1.1     skrll };
    911      1.1     skrll 
    912      1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    913      1.1     skrll 
    914      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    915      1.1     skrll {
    916      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    917  1.1.1.2  christos 
    918  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    919      1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    920      1.1     skrll 
    921      1.1     skrll   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    922      1.1     skrll      yet been chosen.  */
    923      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    924      1.1     skrll 
    925      1.1     skrll   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    926      1.1     skrll      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    927      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    928      1.1     skrll 
    929      1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    930      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    931      1.1     skrll 
    932      1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    933      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    934      1.1     skrll 
    935      1.1     skrll   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    936      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    937      1.1     skrll };
    938      1.1     skrll 
    939      1.1     skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    940      1.1     skrll 
    941  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    942  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    943      1.1     skrll   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    944      1.1     skrll 
    945      1.1     skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    946      1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    947      1.1     skrll 
    948      1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    949      1.1     skrll 
    950  1.1.1.2  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    951  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    952  1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    953      1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    954      1.1     skrll {
    955      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    956      1.1     skrll 
    957      1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    958      1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    959      1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    960      1.1     skrll     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    961      1.1     skrll 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    962      1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    963      1.1     skrll     return ret;
    964      1.1     skrll 
    965      1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    966      1.1     skrll   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    967      1.1     skrll   if (ret != NULL)
    968      1.1     skrll     {
    969      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    970      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    971      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    972      1.1     skrll     }
    973      1.1     skrll 
    974      1.1     skrll   return ret;
    975      1.1     skrll }
    976      1.1     skrll 
    977      1.1     skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    978      1.1     skrll 
    979  1.1.1.2  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    980      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    981      1.1     skrll {
    982      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    983      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    984      1.1     skrll 
    985      1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
    986      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    987      1.1     skrll     return NULL;
    988      1.1     skrll 
    989      1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    990  1.1.1.2  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    991  1.1.1.2  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    992      1.1     skrll 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    993      1.1     skrll     {
    994      1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    995      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    996      1.1     skrll     }
    997  1.1.1.2  christos 
    998      1.1     skrll   ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
    999      1.1     skrll   ret->plt_info = NULL;
   1000      1.1     skrll   ret->local_gp_p = FALSE;
   1001      1.1     skrll   ret->use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   1002      1.1     skrll   ret->allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   1003      1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
   1004      1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
   1005      1.1     skrll 
   1006      1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
   1007      1.1     skrll }
   1008      1.1     skrll 
   1009      1.1     skrll /* Destruct local data.  */
   1010      1.1     skrll 
   1011      1.1     skrll static void
   1012      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *_htab)
   1013      1.1     skrll {
   1014      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   1015      1.1     skrll 
   1016      1.1     skrll   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) _htab;
   1017      1.1     skrll 
   1018      1.1     skrll   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
   1019      1.1     skrll     {
   1020      1.1     skrll       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
   1021      1.1     skrll       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
   1022      1.1     skrll     }
   1023      1.1     skrll }
   1024      1.1     skrll 
   1025      1.1     skrll /* Set the right machine number.  */
   1026      1.1     skrll 
   1027      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1028      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   1029      1.1     skrll {
   1030      1.1     skrll   unsigned int mach = 0;
   1031      1.1     skrll   unsigned features = 0;
   1032      1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1033      1.1     skrll 
   1034      1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1035      1.1     skrll     features |= m68000;
   1036      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1037      1.1     skrll     features |= cpu32;
   1038      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1039      1.1     skrll     features |= fido_a;
   1040      1.1     skrll   else
   1041      1.1     skrll     {
   1042      1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1043      1.1     skrll 	{
   1044      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1045      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1046      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1047      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1048      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1049      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1050      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1051      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1052      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1053      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1054      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1055      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1056      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1057      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1058      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1059      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1060      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1061      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1062      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1063      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1064      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1065      1.1     skrll 	}
   1066      1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1067      1.1     skrll 	{
   1068      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1069      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1070      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1071      1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1072      1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1073      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1074      1.1     skrll 	}
   1075      1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1076      1.1     skrll 	features |= cfloat;
   1077      1.1     skrll     }
   1078      1.1     skrll 
   1079      1.1     skrll   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1080      1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1081      1.1     skrll 
   1082      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1083      1.1     skrll }
   1084  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1085  1.1.1.2  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1086  1.1.1.2  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1087  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1088  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1089  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1090  1.1.1.2  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1091  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1092  1.1.1.2  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1093  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1094  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1095  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1096  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1097  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1098  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1099  1.1.1.2  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1100  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1101  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1102  1.1.1.2  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1103  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1104  1.1.1.2  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1105  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1106  1.1.1.2  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1107  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   1108  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1109  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1110  1.1.1.2  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1111  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1112  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1113  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1114  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1115  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1116  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1117  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1118  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1119  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1120  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1121  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1122  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1123  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1124  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1125  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1126  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1127  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1128  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1129  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1130  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1131  1.1.1.2  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1132  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1133  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1134  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1135  1.1.1.2  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1136  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1137  1.1.1.2  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1138  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1139  1.1.1.2  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1140  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1141  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1142  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1143  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1144      1.1     skrll 
   1145  1.1.1.2  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1146      1.1     skrll 
   1147      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1148      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
   1149      1.1     skrll      bfd *abfd;
   1150      1.1     skrll      flagword flags;
   1151      1.1     skrll {
   1152      1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1153      1.1     skrll   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1154      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1155      1.1     skrll }
   1156      1.1     skrll 
   1157      1.1     skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1158      1.1     skrll    object file when linking.  */
   1159      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1160      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
   1161      1.1     skrll      bfd *ibfd;
   1162      1.1     skrll      bfd *obfd;
   1163      1.1     skrll {
   1164      1.1     skrll   flagword out_flags;
   1165      1.1     skrll   flagword in_flags;
   1166      1.1     skrll   flagword out_isa;
   1167      1.1     skrll   flagword in_isa;
   1168      1.1     skrll   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1169      1.1     skrll 
   1170      1.1     skrll   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1171      1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1172      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1173      1.1     skrll 
   1174      1.1     skrll   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1175      1.1     skrll      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1176      1.1     skrll      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1177      1.1     skrll   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1178      1.1     skrll   if (!arch_info)
   1179      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1180      1.1     skrll 
   1181      1.1     skrll   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1182      1.1     skrll 
   1183      1.1     skrll   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1184      1.1     skrll   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1185      1.1     skrll     {
   1186      1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1187      1.1     skrll       out_flags = in_flags;
   1188      1.1     skrll     }
   1189      1.1     skrll   else
   1190      1.1     skrll     {
   1191      1.1     skrll       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1192      1.1     skrll       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1193      1.1     skrll 
   1194      1.1     skrll       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1195      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1196      1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1197      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1198      1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1199      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1200      1.1     skrll       else
   1201      1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1202      1.1     skrll 
   1203      1.1     skrll       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1204      1.1     skrll       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1205      1.1     skrll       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1206      1.1     skrll 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1207      1.1     skrll       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1208      1.1     skrll 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1209      1.1     skrll 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1210      1.1     skrll 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1211      1.1     skrll 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1212      1.1     skrll       else
   1213      1.1     skrll       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1214      1.1     skrll     }
   1215      1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1216      1.1     skrll 
   1217      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1218      1.1     skrll }
   1219      1.1     skrll 
   1220      1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   1221      1.1     skrll 
   1222      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1223      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1224      1.1     skrll {
   1225      1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1226      1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1227      1.1     skrll 
   1228      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1229      1.1     skrll 
   1230      1.1     skrll   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1231      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1232      1.1     skrll 
   1233      1.1     skrll   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1234      1.1     skrll 
   1235      1.1     skrll   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1236      1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1237      1.1     skrll 
   1238      1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1239      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1240      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1241      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1242      1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1243      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1244      1.1     skrll   else
   1245      1.1     skrll     {
   1246      1.1     skrll       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1247      1.1     skrll 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1248      1.1     skrll 
   1249      1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1250      1.1     skrll 	{
   1251      1.1     skrll 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1252      1.1     skrll 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1253      1.1     skrll 	  char const *additional = "";
   1254      1.1     skrll 
   1255      1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1256      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1257      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1258      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1259      1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1260      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1261      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1262      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1263      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1264      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1265      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A+";
   1266      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1267      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1268      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1269      1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1270      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1271      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1272      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1273      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1274      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1275      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1276      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1277      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1278      1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1279      1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1280      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1281      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1282      1.1     skrll 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1283      1.1     skrll 
   1284      1.1     skrll 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1285      1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1286      1.1     skrll 
   1287      1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1288      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1289      1.1     skrll 	    case 0:
   1290      1.1     skrll 	      mac = NULL;
   1291      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1292      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1293      1.1     skrll 	      mac = "mac";
   1294      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1295      1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1296      1.1     skrll 	      mac = "emac";
   1297  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   1298  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1299  1.1.1.2  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1300      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1301      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1302      1.1     skrll 	  if (mac)
   1303      1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1304      1.1     skrll 	}
   1305      1.1     skrll     }
   1306      1.1     skrll 
   1307      1.1     skrll   fputc ('\n', file);
   1308      1.1     skrll 
   1309      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1310      1.1     skrll }
   1311      1.1     skrll 
   1312      1.1     skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1313      1.1     skrll 
   1314      1.1     skrll    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1315      1.1     skrll    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1316      1.1     skrll    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1317      1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1318      1.1     skrll    to user.
   1319      1.1     skrll    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1320      1.1     skrll    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1321      1.1     skrll 
   1322      1.1     skrll    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1323      1.1     skrll    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1324      1.1     skrll    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1325      1.1     skrll    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1326      1.1     skrll    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1327      1.1     skrll    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1328      1.1     skrll 
   1329      1.1     skrll    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1330      1.1     skrll    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1331      1.1     skrll    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1332      1.1     skrll    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1333      1.1     skrll    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1334      1.1     skrll    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1335      1.1     skrll    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1336      1.1     skrll    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1337      1.1     skrll    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1338      1.1     skrll    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1339      1.1     skrll    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1340      1.1     skrll    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1341      1.1     skrll    to the outside world.
   1342      1.1     skrll 
   1343      1.1     skrll    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1344      1.1     skrll    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1345      1.1     skrll    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1346      1.1     skrll    big GOT.
   1347      1.1     skrll 
   1348      1.1     skrll    Notes:
   1349  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1350  1.1.1.2  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1351  1.1.1.2  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1352      1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1353  1.1.1.2  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1354  1.1.1.2  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1355      1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1356  1.1.1.2  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1357  1.1.1.2  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1358      1.1     skrll    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1359      1.1     skrll    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1360      1.1     skrll    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1361      1.1     skrll    to correctly detect overflow.
   1362      1.1     skrll 
   1363  1.1.1.2  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1364  1.1.1.2  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1365      1.1     skrll    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1366      1.1     skrll 
   1367      1.1     skrll    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1368      1.1     skrll    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1369      1.1     skrll    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1370      1.1     skrll    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1371      1.1     skrll    subtracted from them.
   1372      1.1     skrll 
   1373      1.1     skrll    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1374      1.1     skrll    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1375      1.1     skrll    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1376      1.1     skrll 
   1377      1.1     skrll    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1378      1.1     skrll    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1379      1.1     skrll    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1380      1.1     skrll    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1381      1.1     skrll    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1382      1.1     skrll    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1383      1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1384      1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1385      1.1     skrll 
   1386      1.1     skrll /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1387      1.1     skrll 
   1388  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1389  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1390  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1391  1.1.1.2  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1392  1.1.1.2  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1393  1.1.1.2  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1394  1.1.1.2  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1395  1.1.1.2  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1396      1.1     skrll   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1397      1.1     skrll }
   1398      1.1     skrll 
   1399      1.1     skrll /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1400      1.1     skrll 
   1401      1.1     skrll static void
   1402      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1403      1.1     skrll {
   1404      1.1     skrll   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1405      1.1     skrll     {
   1406      1.1     skrll       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1407      1.1     skrll       got->entries = NULL;
   1408      1.1     skrll     }
   1409      1.1     skrll }
   1410      1.1     skrll 
   1411      1.1     skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1412      1.1     skrll    should be allocated.  */
   1413      1.1     skrll 
   1414      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1415      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1416      1.1     skrll {
   1417      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1418      1.1     skrll 
   1419      1.1     skrll   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1420      1.1     skrll   if (got == NULL)
   1421      1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1422  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1423      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1424      1.1     skrll 
   1425      1.1     skrll   return got;
   1426      1.1     skrll }
   1427      1.1     skrll 
   1428      1.1     skrll /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1429      1.1     skrll 
   1430      1.1     skrll static void
   1431      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1432  1.1.1.2  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1433  1.1.1.2  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1434      1.1     skrll 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1435  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1436  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1437  1.1.1.2  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1438  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1439  1.1.1.2  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1440  1.1.1.2  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1441  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1442  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1443      1.1     skrll     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1444      1.1     skrll     {
   1445      1.1     skrll       key->bfd = NULL;
   1446      1.1     skrll       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1447      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1448      1.1     skrll     }
   1449  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1450      1.1     skrll     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1451      1.1     skrll     {
   1452      1.1     skrll       key->bfd = abfd;
   1453      1.1     skrll       key->symndx = symndx;
   1454  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1455  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1456      1.1     skrll   key->type = reloc_type;
   1457      1.1     skrll }
   1458      1.1     skrll 
   1459      1.1     skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1460      1.1     skrll    ??? Is it good?  */
   1461      1.1     skrll 
   1462      1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1463      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1464      1.1     skrll {
   1465      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1466      1.1     skrll 
   1467      1.1     skrll   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1468  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1469  1.1.1.2  christos   return (key->symndx
   1470  1.1.1.2  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1471      1.1     skrll 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1472      1.1     skrll }
   1473      1.1     skrll 
   1474      1.1     skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1475      1.1     skrll 
   1476      1.1     skrll static int
   1477      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1478      1.1     skrll {
   1479      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1480      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1481      1.1     skrll 
   1482      1.1     skrll   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1483      1.1     skrll   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1484      1.1     skrll 
   1485  1.1.1.2  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1486  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1487  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1488      1.1     skrll 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1489      1.1     skrll }
   1490  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1491  1.1.1.2  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1492  1.1.1.2  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1493  1.1.1.2  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1494  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1495  1.1.1.2  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1496      1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1497  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1498      1.1     skrll    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1499      1.1     skrll    : 0x20)
   1500  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1501  1.1.1.2  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1502      1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1503  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1504      1.1     skrll    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1505      1.1     skrll    : 0x2000)
   1506      1.1     skrll 
   1507      1.1     skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1508      1.1     skrll    the entry cannot be found.
   1509      1.1     skrll    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1510      1.1     skrll    no such.
   1511      1.1     skrll    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1512      1.1     skrll    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1513      1.1     skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1514      1.1     skrll   {
   1515      1.1     skrll     SEARCH,
   1516      1.1     skrll     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1517      1.1     skrll     MUST_FIND,
   1518      1.1     skrll     MUST_CREATE
   1519      1.1     skrll   };
   1520      1.1     skrll 
   1521      1.1     skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1522      1.1     skrll    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1523      1.1     skrll    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1524      1.1     skrll 
   1525      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1526      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1527      1.1     skrll 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1528      1.1     skrll 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1529      1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1530      1.1     skrll {
   1531      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1532      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1533      1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1534      1.1     skrll 
   1535      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1536      1.1     skrll 
   1537      1.1     skrll   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1538      1.1     skrll     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1539      1.1     skrll     {
   1540      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1541      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1542  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1543      1.1     skrll       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1544      1.1     skrll 				      (info),
   1545      1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1546      1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1547      1.1     skrll       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1548      1.1     skrll 	{
   1549      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1550      1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1551      1.1     skrll 	}
   1552      1.1     skrll     }
   1553      1.1     skrll 
   1554      1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1555      1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1556      1.1     skrll 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1557      1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1558      1.1     skrll     {
   1559      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1560      1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1561      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1562      1.1     skrll 
   1563      1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1564      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1565      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1566      1.1     skrll     }
   1567      1.1     skrll 
   1568      1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1569      1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1570      1.1     skrll     {
   1571      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1572      1.1     skrll 
   1573      1.1     skrll       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1574      1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1575      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1576      1.1     skrll 
   1577      1.1     skrll       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1578      1.1     skrll       entry->key_ = *key;
   1579      1.1     skrll 
   1580  1.1.1.2  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1581  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1582  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1583      1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1584      1.1     skrll 
   1585      1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1586      1.1     skrll     }
   1587      1.1     skrll   else
   1588      1.1     skrll     /* We found the entry.  */
   1589      1.1     skrll     {
   1590      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1591      1.1     skrll 
   1592      1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1593      1.1     skrll     }
   1594      1.1     skrll 
   1595      1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1596      1.1     skrll }
   1597      1.1     skrll 
   1598      1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1599      1.1     skrll    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1600  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1601  1.1.1.2  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1602  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1603  1.1.1.2  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1604  1.1.1.2  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1605  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1606  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1607  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1608  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1609  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1610  1.1.1.2  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1611      1.1     skrll     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1612  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1613  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1614      1.1     skrll       was_size = R_LAST;
   1615  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1616      1.1     skrll       was = new_reloc;
   1617      1.1     skrll     }
   1618  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1619  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1620  1.1.1.2  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1621  1.1.1.2  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1622  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1623  1.1.1.2  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1624  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1625  1.1.1.2  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1626      1.1     skrll     }
   1627  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1628  1.1.1.2  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1629  1.1.1.2  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1630  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1631  1.1.1.2  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1632  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1633  1.1.1.2  christos       --was_size;
   1634  1.1.1.2  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1635  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1636  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1637  1.1.1.2  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1638  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1639  1.1.1.2  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1640  1.1.1.2  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1641  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1642      1.1     skrll   return was;
   1643      1.1     skrll }
   1644      1.1     skrll 
   1645      1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE.  */
   1646      1.1     skrll 
   1647  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1648  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1649      1.1     skrll 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
   1650  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1651  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
   1652      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1653  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1654      1.1     skrll   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1655  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1656  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
   1657  1.1.1.2  christos      and all greater offset sizes.  */
   1658  1.1.1.2  christos   for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
   1659  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1660      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
   1661  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1662      1.1     skrll       got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
   1663      1.1     skrll     }
   1664      1.1     skrll }
   1665      1.1     skrll 
   1666      1.1     skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1667      1.1     skrll    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1668      1.1     skrll    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1669      1.1     skrll 
   1670      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1671      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1672      1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1673  1.1.1.2  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1674  1.1.1.2  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1675      1.1     skrll 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1676      1.1     skrll 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1677      1.1     skrll {
   1678      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1679      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1680      1.1     skrll 
   1681      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1682      1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1683      1.1     skrll       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1684  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1685      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1686      1.1     skrll 
   1687      1.1     skrll   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1688      1.1     skrll   if (entry == NULL)
   1689      1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1690  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1691  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1692  1.1.1.2  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1693  1.1.1.2  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1694  1.1.1.2  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1695      1.1     skrll 
   1696      1.1     skrll   /* Update refcount.  */
   1697      1.1     skrll   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1698      1.1     skrll 
   1699      1.1     skrll   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1700      1.1     skrll     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1701      1.1     skrll     {
   1702  1.1.1.2  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1703      1.1     skrll 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1704      1.1     skrll     }
   1705  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1706      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1707  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1708  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1709  1.1.1.2  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1710  1.1.1.2  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1711      1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1712      1.1     skrll     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1713  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1714      1.1     skrll       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1715  1.1.1.2  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1716  1.1.1.2  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1717      1.1     skrll 				 "offset > %d"),
   1718  1.1.1.2  christos 			       abfd,
   1719      1.1     skrll 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1720      1.1     skrll       else
   1721  1.1.1.2  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1722  1.1.1.2  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1723      1.1     skrll 				 "offset > %d"),
   1724  1.1.1.2  christos 			       abfd,
   1725      1.1     skrll 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1726      1.1     skrll 
   1727      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1728      1.1     skrll     }
   1729      1.1     skrll 
   1730      1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1731      1.1     skrll }
   1732      1.1     skrll 
   1733      1.1     skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1734      1.1     skrll 
   1735      1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1736      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1737      1.1     skrll {
   1738      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1739      1.1     skrll 
   1740      1.1     skrll   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1741      1.1     skrll 
   1742      1.1     skrll   return e->bfd->id;
   1743      1.1     skrll }
   1744      1.1     skrll 
   1745      1.1     skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1746      1.1     skrll 
   1747      1.1     skrll static int
   1748      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1749      1.1     skrll {
   1750      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1751      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1752      1.1     skrll 
   1753      1.1     skrll   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1754      1.1     skrll   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1755      1.1     skrll 
   1756      1.1     skrll   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1757      1.1     skrll }
   1758      1.1     skrll 
   1759      1.1     skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1760      1.1     skrll 
   1761      1.1     skrll static void
   1762      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1763      1.1     skrll {
   1764      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1765      1.1     skrll 
   1766      1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1767      1.1     skrll 
   1768      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1769      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1770      1.1     skrll }
   1771      1.1     skrll 
   1772      1.1     skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1773      1.1     skrll    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1774      1.1     skrll    memory should be allocated.  */
   1775      1.1     skrll 
   1776      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1777      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1778      1.1     skrll 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1779      1.1     skrll 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1780      1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1781      1.1     skrll {
   1782      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1783      1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1784      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1785      1.1     skrll 
   1786      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1787      1.1     skrll 
   1788      1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1789      1.1     skrll     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1790      1.1     skrll     {
   1791      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1792      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1793      1.1     skrll 
   1794      1.1     skrll       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1795      1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1796      1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1797      1.1     skrll       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1798      1.1     skrll 	{
   1799      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1800      1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1801      1.1     skrll 	}
   1802      1.1     skrll     }
   1803      1.1     skrll 
   1804      1.1     skrll   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1805      1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1806      1.1     skrll 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1807      1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1808      1.1     skrll     {
   1809      1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1810      1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1811      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1812      1.1     skrll 
   1813      1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1814      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1815      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1816      1.1     skrll     }
   1817      1.1     skrll 
   1818      1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1819      1.1     skrll     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1820      1.1     skrll     {
   1821      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1822      1.1     skrll 
   1823      1.1     skrll       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1824      1.1     skrll 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1825      1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1826      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1827      1.1     skrll 
   1828      1.1     skrll       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1829      1.1     skrll 
   1830      1.1     skrll       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1831      1.1     skrll       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1832      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1833      1.1     skrll 
   1834      1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1835      1.1     skrll     }
   1836      1.1     skrll   else
   1837      1.1     skrll     {
   1838      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1839      1.1     skrll 
   1840      1.1     skrll       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1841      1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1842      1.1     skrll     }
   1843      1.1     skrll 
   1844      1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1845      1.1     skrll }
   1846      1.1     skrll 
   1847      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1848      1.1     skrll {
   1849      1.1     skrll   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1850      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1851      1.1     skrll 
   1852      1.1     skrll   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1853      1.1     skrll      BIG.  */
   1854      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1855      1.1     skrll 
   1856      1.1     skrll   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1857      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1858      1.1     skrll 
   1859      1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1860      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1861      1.1     skrll };
   1862      1.1     skrll 
   1863      1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1864      1.1     skrll    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1865      1.1     skrll 
   1866      1.1     skrll static int
   1867      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1868      1.1     skrll {
   1869      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1870      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1871  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1872      1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1873      1.1     skrll 
   1874      1.1     skrll   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1875      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1876      1.1     skrll 
   1877      1.1     skrll   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1878      1.1     skrll 
   1879  1.1.1.2  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1880      1.1     skrll     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1881  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1882  1.1.1.2  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1883  1.1.1.2  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1884      1.1     skrll 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1885  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1886      1.1     skrll       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1887      1.1     skrll 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1888      1.1     skrll 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1889  1.1.1.2  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1890      1.1     skrll 	type = R_68K_max;
   1891      1.1     skrll     }
   1892  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1893      1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1894  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1895      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1896  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1897  1.1.1.2  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1898      1.1     skrll 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1899      1.1     skrll 
   1900  1.1.1.2  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1901      1.1     skrll 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1902      1.1     skrll     }
   1903  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1904      1.1     skrll   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1905      1.1     skrll     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1906      1.1     skrll     {
   1907      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1908      1.1     skrll 
   1909      1.1     skrll       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1910      1.1     skrll 				      arg->info);
   1911      1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1912      1.1     skrll 	{
   1913      1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1914      1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   1915      1.1     skrll 	}
   1916  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1917      1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = type;
   1918      1.1     skrll     }
   1919      1.1     skrll 
   1920      1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1921      1.1     skrll }
   1922      1.1     skrll 
   1923      1.1     skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1924      1.1     skrll    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1925      1.1     skrll    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1926      1.1     skrll    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1927      1.1     skrll 
   1928      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1929      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1930      1.1     skrll 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1931      1.1     skrll 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1932      1.1     skrll 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1933      1.1     skrll {
   1934      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1935      1.1     skrll 
   1936      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1937      1.1     skrll 
   1938      1.1     skrll   arg_.big = big;
   1939      1.1     skrll   arg_.diff = diff;
   1940      1.1     skrll   arg_.info = info;
   1941      1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1942      1.1     skrll   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1943      1.1     skrll   if (arg_.error_p)
   1944      1.1     skrll     {
   1945      1.1     skrll       diff->offset = 0;
   1946      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   1947      1.1     skrll     }
   1948      1.1     skrll 
   1949  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1950  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1951  1.1.1.2  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1952  1.1.1.2  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1953      1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1954      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1955      1.1     skrll 
   1956      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1957      1.1     skrll }
   1958      1.1     skrll 
   1959      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1960      1.1     skrll {
   1961      1.1     skrll   /* The BIG got.  */
   1962      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1963      1.1     skrll 
   1964      1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1965      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1966      1.1     skrll 
   1967      1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1968      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1969      1.1     skrll };
   1970      1.1     skrll 
   1971      1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1972      1.1     skrll    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1973      1.1     skrll 
   1974      1.1     skrll static int
   1975      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1976      1.1     skrll {
   1977      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1978      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1979      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1980      1.1     skrll 
   1981      1.1     skrll   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1982      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1983      1.1     skrll 
   1984      1.1     skrll   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1985      1.1     skrll 			       arg->info);
   1986      1.1     skrll   if (to == NULL)
   1987      1.1     skrll     {
   1988      1.1     skrll       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1989      1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1990      1.1     skrll     }
   1991      1.1     skrll 
   1992      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1993  1.1.1.2  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1994      1.1     skrll   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1995      1.1     skrll 
   1996      1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1997      1.1     skrll }
   1998      1.1     skrll 
   1999      1.1     skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   2000      1.1     skrll    allocated.  */
   2001      1.1     skrll 
   2002      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2003      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   2004      1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   2005      1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2006      1.1     skrll {
   2007      1.1     skrll   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   2008      1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   2009      1.1     skrll     {
   2010      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   2011      1.1     skrll 
   2012      1.1     skrll       /* Merge entries.  */
   2013      1.1     skrll       arg_.big = big;
   2014      1.1     skrll       arg_.info = info;
   2015      1.1     skrll       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2016      1.1     skrll       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   2017      1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   2018      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2019      1.1     skrll 
   2020  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   2021  1.1.1.2  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   2022  1.1.1.2  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   2023  1.1.1.2  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   2024      1.1     skrll       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   2025      1.1     skrll     }
   2026      1.1     skrll   else
   2027      1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   2028  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2029  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   2030  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   2031  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   2032      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   2033      1.1     skrll     }
   2034      1.1     skrll 
   2035  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   2036  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   2037  1.1.1.2  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   2038  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   2039      1.1     skrll 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   2040      1.1     skrll 
   2041      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2042      1.1     skrll }
   2043      1.1     skrll 
   2044      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   2045  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2046  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   2047  1.1.1.2  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   2048  1.1.1.2  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2049  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   2050      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *offset2;
   2051      1.1     skrll 
   2052      1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2053      1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2054  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2055  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2056      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2057      1.1     skrll };
   2058      1.1     skrll 
   2059      1.1     skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2060      1.1     skrll    along the way.  */
   2061      1.1     skrll 
   2062      1.1     skrll static int
   2063      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2064      1.1     skrll {
   2065      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2066      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2067  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2068  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2069  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2070      1.1     skrll 
   2071      1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2072      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2073      1.1     skrll 
   2074      1.1     skrll   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2075      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2076  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2077  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2078      1.1     skrll   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2079  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2080  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2081      1.1     skrll   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2082  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2083  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2084  1.1.1.2  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2085  1.1.1.2  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2086  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2087  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2088  1.1.1.2  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2089  1.1.1.2  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2090  1.1.1.2  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2091  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2092  1.1.1.2  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2093  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2094  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2095  1.1.1.2  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2096  1.1.1.2  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2097  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2098  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2099  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2100  1.1.1.2  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2101  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2102  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2103  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2104  1.1.1.2  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2105      1.1     skrll   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2106      1.1     skrll 
   2107      1.1     skrll   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2108      1.1     skrll     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2109      1.1     skrll     {
   2110      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2111      1.1     skrll 
   2112  1.1.1.2  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2113  1.1.1.2  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2114  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2115  1.1.1.2  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2116  1.1.1.2  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2117  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2118  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2119  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2120  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2121  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2122  1.1.1.2  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2123      1.1     skrll 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2124  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2125  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2126      1.1     skrll 	}
   2127      1.1     skrll     }
   2128      1.1     skrll   else
   2129      1.1     skrll     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2130      1.1     skrll     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2131      1.1     skrll 
   2132      1.1     skrll   return 1;
   2133      1.1     skrll }
   2134      1.1     skrll 
   2135      1.1     skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2136      1.1     skrll    should use negative offsets.
   2137      1.1     skrll    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2138  1.1.1.2  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2139  1.1.1.2  christos    global symbols.
   2140      1.1     skrll    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2141      1.1     skrll 
   2142      1.1     skrll static void
   2143      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2144  1.1.1.2  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2145  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2146      1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2147      1.1     skrll {
   2148  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2149  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2150  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2151  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   2152      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2153      1.1     skrll 
   2154      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2155      1.1     skrll 
   2156      1.1     skrll   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2157  1.1.1.2  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2158      1.1     skrll      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2159      1.1     skrll      from.  */
   2160  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2161  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2162  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2163  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2164  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2165  1.1.1.2  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2166      1.1     skrll 
   2167  1.1.1.2  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2168  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2169  1.1.1.2  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2170  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   2171  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2172  1.1.1.2  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2173  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2174      1.1     skrll   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2175  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2176      1.1     skrll       int j;
   2177      1.1     skrll       size_t n;
   2178  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2179  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2180      1.1     skrll       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2181  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2182  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2183  1.1.1.2  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2184  1.1.1.2  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2185  1.1.1.2  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2186  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2187  1.1.1.2  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2188  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2189  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2190  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2191  1.1.1.2  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2192  1.1.1.2  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2193  1.1.1.2  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2194  1.1.1.2  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2195  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   2196  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2197  1.1.1.2  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2198  1.1.1.2  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2199      1.1     skrll 	}
   2200  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2201  1.1.1.2  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2202  1.1.1.2  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2203      1.1     skrll       n = 4 * n;
   2204  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2205  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2206      1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2207  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2208      1.1     skrll       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2209      1.1     skrll     }
   2210  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2211  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2212  1.1.1.2  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2213  1.1.1.2  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2214  1.1.1.2  christos        the bug.  */
   2215  1.1.1.2  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2216      1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2217  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2218  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2219  1.1.1.2  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2220      1.1     skrll   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2221      1.1     skrll 
   2222  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2223      1.1     skrll   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2224  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2225      1.1     skrll   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2226      1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2227  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2228  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2229  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2230      1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2231  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2232  1.1.1.2  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2233      1.1     skrll   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2234      1.1     skrll }
   2235      1.1     skrll 
   2236      1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2237      1.1     skrll {
   2238      1.1     skrll   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2239      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2240      1.1     skrll 
   2241      1.1     skrll   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2242      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2243      1.1     skrll 
   2244      1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2245      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2246  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2247      1.1     skrll   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2248  1.1.1.2  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2249      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2250  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2251  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2252      1.1     skrll      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2253  1.1.1.2  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2254      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2255      1.1     skrll 
   2256      1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   2257      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2258      1.1     skrll 
   2259      1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2260      1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2261      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2262      1.1     skrll };
   2263  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2264  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   2265  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2266  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2267  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2268  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2269  1.1.1.2  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2270  1.1.1.2  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2271  1.1.1.2  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2272  1.1.1.2  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2273  1.1.1.2  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2274  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2275  1.1.1.2  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2276  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2277  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!arg->info->shared)
   2278  1.1.1.2  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2279  1.1.1.2  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2280  1.1.1.2  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2281  1.1.1.2  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2282  1.1.1.2  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2283  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2284  1.1.1.2  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2285  1.1.1.2  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2286  1.1.1.2  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2287  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2288  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2289  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2290  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2291      1.1     skrll 
   2292      1.1     skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2293      1.1     skrll    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2294      1.1     skrll 
   2295      1.1     skrll static int
   2296      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2297      1.1     skrll {
   2298      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2299      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2300      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2301      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2302      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2303      1.1     skrll 
   2304      1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2305      1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2306      1.1     skrll 
   2307      1.1     skrll   got = entry->got;
   2308      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2309      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2310      1.1     skrll 
   2311      1.1     skrll   diff = NULL;
   2312      1.1     skrll 
   2313      1.1     skrll   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2314      1.1     skrll     /* Construct diff.  */
   2315      1.1     skrll     {
   2316  1.1.1.2  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2317      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2318      1.1     skrll 
   2319      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2320      1.1     skrll 	{
   2321      1.1     skrll 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2322      1.1     skrll 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2323      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2324      1.1     skrll 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2325      1.1     skrll 	      goto final_return;
   2326      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2327      1.1     skrll 
   2328      1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2329      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2330  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2331      1.1     skrll 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2332      1.1     skrll 	      diff = NULL;
   2333      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2334      1.1     skrll 	  /* else
   2335      1.1     skrll 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2336      1.1     skrll 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2337      1.1     skrll 
   2338      1.1     skrll 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2339      1.1     skrll 	}
   2340      1.1     skrll     }
   2341      1.1     skrll   else
   2342      1.1     skrll     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2343  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2344      1.1     skrll       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2345      1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2346      1.1     skrll       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2347      1.1     skrll 	{
   2348      1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2349      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2350      1.1     skrll 	}
   2351      1.1     skrll 
   2352      1.1     skrll       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2353      1.1     skrll 
   2354      1.1     skrll       diff = got;
   2355      1.1     skrll     }
   2356      1.1     skrll 
   2357      1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2358  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2359      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2360      1.1     skrll 	{
   2361      1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2362      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2363      1.1     skrll 	}
   2364      1.1     skrll 
   2365      1.1     skrll       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2366      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2367  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2368      1.1     skrll       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2369      1.1     skrll     }
   2370      1.1     skrll   else
   2371      1.1     skrll     {
   2372  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2373      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2374  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2375  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2376      1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2377      1.1     skrll 
   2378      1.1     skrll       /* Retry.  */
   2379      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2380      1.1     skrll 	{
   2381      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2382      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2383      1.1     skrll 	}
   2384      1.1     skrll     }
   2385      1.1     skrll 
   2386      1.1     skrll  final_return:
   2387      1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2388      1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2389      1.1     skrll 
   2390      1.1     skrll   return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
   2391      1.1     skrll }
   2392      1.1     skrll 
   2393      1.1     skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2394      1.1     skrll 
   2395      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2396      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2397      1.1     skrll 			  void *_arg)
   2398      1.1     skrll {
   2399      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2400      1.1     skrll 
   2401      1.1     skrll   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2402      1.1     skrll 
   2403      1.1     skrll   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2404      1.1     skrll     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2405      1.1     skrll     {
   2406      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2407      1.1     skrll 
   2408      1.1     skrll       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2409      1.1     skrll 
   2410      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2411      1.1     skrll       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2412      1.1     skrll     }
   2413      1.1     skrll 
   2414      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2415      1.1     skrll }
   2416      1.1     skrll 
   2417      1.1     skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2418      1.1     skrll    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2419      1.1     skrll    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2420      1.1     skrll 
   2421      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2422      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2423      1.1     skrll {
   2424      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2425      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2426      1.1     skrll 
   2427      1.1     skrll   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2428      1.1     skrll 
   2429      1.1     skrll   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2430      1.1     skrll   arg_.offset = 0;
   2431  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2432  1.1.1.2  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2433      1.1     skrll   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2434      1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2435      1.1     skrll 
   2436      1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2437      1.1     skrll     {
   2438      1.1     skrll       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2439      1.1     skrll       {
   2440      1.1     skrll 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2441      1.1     skrll 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2442      1.1     skrll 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2443      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2444      1.1     skrll 
   2445      1.1     skrll 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2446      1.1     skrll 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2447      1.1     skrll       }
   2448      1.1     skrll 
   2449      1.1     skrll       /* Partition.  */
   2450      1.1     skrll       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2451      1.1     skrll 		     &arg_);
   2452      1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   2453      1.1     skrll 	{
   2454      1.1     skrll 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2455      1.1     skrll 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2456      1.1     skrll 
   2457      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2458      1.1     skrll 	}
   2459      1.1     skrll 
   2460  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2461      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2462      1.1     skrll 
   2463      1.1     skrll       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2464      1.1     skrll     }
   2465      1.1     skrll 
   2466      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2467      1.1     skrll     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2468      1.1     skrll     {
   2469      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2470      1.1     skrll 
   2471      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
   2472  1.1.1.2  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2473      1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2474  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2475      1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2476  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2477  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2478      1.1     skrll       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2479      1.1     skrll 
   2480      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2481  1.1.1.2  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2482      1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2483  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2484      1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2485      1.1     skrll     }
   2486      1.1     skrll   else
   2487      1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2488      1.1     skrll 
   2489      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2490      1.1     skrll }
   2491      1.1     skrll 
   2492      1.1     skrll /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
   2493      1.1     skrll    to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
   2494      1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_remove_got_entry.  */
   2495      1.1     skrll 
   2496      1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
   2497      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2498      1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
   2499      1.1     skrll {
   2500      1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   2501      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   2502      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
   2503      1.1     skrll 
   2504      1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   2505      1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
   2506      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
   2507      1.1     skrll 
   2508      1.1     skrll   entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
   2509      1.1     skrll 
   2510      1.1     skrll   return entry_ptr;
   2511      1.1     skrll }
   2512      1.1     skrll 
   2513      1.1     skrll /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT.  */
   2514      1.1     skrll 
   2515      1.1     skrll static void
   2516      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2517      1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
   2518      1.1     skrll {
   2519      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2520      1.1     skrll 
   2521      1.1     skrll   entry = *entry_ptr;
   2522      1.1     skrll 
   2523      1.1     skrll   /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet.  */
   2524      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2525      1.1     skrll   /* Check that this entry is indeed unused.  */
   2526      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2527  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2528      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
   2529      1.1     skrll 
   2530  1.1.1.2  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   2531  1.1.1.2  christos     got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2532  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2533      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   2534      1.1     skrll 
   2535      1.1     skrll   htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
   2536      1.1     skrll }
   2537      1.1     skrll 
   2538      1.1     skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2539      1.1     skrll    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2540      1.1     skrll    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2541      1.1     skrll    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2542      1.1     skrll    be copied.  */
   2543      1.1     skrll 
   2544      1.1     skrll static void
   2545      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2546      1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2547      1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2548      1.1     skrll {
   2549      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2550      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2551      1.1     skrll 
   2552      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2553      1.1     skrll 
   2554      1.1     skrll   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2555      1.1     skrll     return;
   2556      1.1     skrll 
   2557      1.1     skrll   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2558      1.1     skrll   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2559  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2560  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2561  1.1.1.2  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2562  1.1.1.2  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2563      1.1     skrll 
   2564      1.1     skrll   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2565      1.1     skrll      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2566      1.1     skrll      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2567      1.1     skrll      at the same time.  */
   2568      1.1     skrll   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2569      1.1     skrll     {
   2570      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2571      1.1     skrll       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet.  */
   2572      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2573      1.1     skrll 
   2574      1.1     skrll       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2575      1.1     skrll       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2576      1.1     skrll     }
   2577      1.1     skrll }
   2578      1.1     skrll 
   2579      1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2580      1.1     skrll    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2581      1.1     skrll    table.  */
   2582      1.1     skrll 
   2583      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2584      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
   2585      1.1     skrll      bfd *abfd;
   2586      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2587      1.1     skrll      asection *sec;
   2588      1.1     skrll      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
   2589      1.1     skrll {
   2590      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2591      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2592      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2593      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2594      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2595      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2596      1.1     skrll   asection *srelgot;
   2597      1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2598      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2599      1.1     skrll 
   2600      1.1     skrll   if (info->relocatable)
   2601      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2602      1.1     skrll 
   2603      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2604      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2605      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2606      1.1     skrll 
   2607      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   2608      1.1     skrll   srelgot = NULL;
   2609      1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   2610      1.1     skrll 
   2611      1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2612      1.1     skrll 
   2613      1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2614      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2615      1.1     skrll     {
   2616      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2617      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2618      1.1     skrll 
   2619      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2620      1.1     skrll 
   2621      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2622      1.1     skrll 	h = NULL;
   2623      1.1     skrll       else
   2624      1.1     skrll 	{
   2625      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2626      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2627      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2628      1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2629      1.1     skrll 	}
   2630      1.1     skrll 
   2631      1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2632      1.1     skrll 	{
   2633      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2634      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2635      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2636      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2637      1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2638      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2639  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2640  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2641      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2642      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2643      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2644  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2645  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2646  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2647  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2648  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2649  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2650  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2651  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2652  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2653  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2654  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2655  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2656  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2657  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2658  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2659  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2660  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2661  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2662  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && info->shared)
   2663  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2664  1.1.1.2  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2665      1.1     skrll 
   2666      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2667      1.1     skrll 
   2668      1.1     skrll 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2669      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2670      1.1     skrll 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2671      1.1     skrll 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2672      1.1     skrll 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2673      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2674      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2675      1.1     skrll 
   2676      1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   2677      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2678      1.1     skrll 	      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   2679      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2680      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2681      1.1     skrll 
   2682      1.1     skrll 	  if (srelgot == NULL
   2683      1.1     skrll 	      && (h != NULL || info->shared))
   2684      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2685      1.1     skrll 	      srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2686      1.1     skrll 	      if (srelgot == NULL)
   2687      1.1     skrll 		{
   2688      1.1     skrll 		  srelgot = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
   2689      1.1     skrll 							 ".rela.got",
   2690      1.1     skrll 							 (SEC_ALLOC
   2691      1.1     skrll 							  | SEC_LOAD
   2692      1.1     skrll 							  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2693      1.1     skrll 							  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2694      1.1     skrll 							  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2695      1.1     skrll 							  | SEC_READONLY));
   2696      1.1     skrll 		  if (srelgot == NULL
   2697      1.1     skrll 		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
   2698      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2699      1.1     skrll 		}
   2700      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2701      1.1     skrll 
   2702      1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   2703      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2704      1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2705      1.1     skrll 
   2706      1.1     skrll 	      bfd2got_entry
   2707      1.1     skrll 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2708      1.1     skrll 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2709      1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2710      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2711      1.1     skrll 
   2712      1.1     skrll 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2713      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2714      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2715      1.1     skrll 
   2716      1.1     skrll 	  {
   2717      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2718      1.1     skrll 
   2719      1.1     skrll 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2720      1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2721      1.1     skrll 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2722      1.1     skrll 						   r_symndx, info);
   2723      1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2724      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2725      1.1     skrll 
   2726      1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2727      1.1     skrll 	      {
   2728      1.1     skrll 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2729      1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL
   2730      1.1     skrll 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2731      1.1     skrll 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2732      1.1     skrll 		  {
   2733      1.1     skrll 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2734      1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   2735      1.1     skrll 		  }
   2736      1.1     skrll 	      }
   2737      1.1     skrll 	  }
   2738      1.1     skrll 
   2739      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2740      1.1     skrll 
   2741      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2742      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2743      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2744      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2745      1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2746      1.1     skrll              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2747      1.1     skrll              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2748      1.1     skrll              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2749      1.1     skrll              after all.  */
   2750      1.1     skrll 
   2751      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2752      1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2753      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2754      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   2755      1.1     skrll 
   2756      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2757      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2758      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2759      1.1     skrll 
   2760      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2761      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2762      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2763      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2764      1.1     skrll 
   2765      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2766      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2767      1.1     skrll 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2768      1.1     skrll 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2769      1.1     skrll 		 it does make sense?  */
   2770      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2771      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2772      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2773      1.1     skrll 
   2774      1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2775      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2776      1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2777      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2778      1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2779      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2780      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2781      1.1     skrll 
   2782      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2783      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2784      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2785      1.1     skrll 
   2786      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2787      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2788      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2789      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2790      1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2791      1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2792      1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2793      1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2794      1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2795      1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2796      1.1     skrll 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2797      1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2798      1.1     skrll 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2799      1.1     skrll 	  if (!(info->shared
   2800      1.1     skrll 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2801      1.1     skrll 		&& h != NULL
   2802      1.1     skrll 		&& (!info->symbolic
   2803      1.1     skrll 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2804      1.1     skrll 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2805      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2806      1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   2807      1.1     skrll 		{
   2808      1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2809      1.1     skrll 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2810      1.1     skrll 		     object.  */
   2811      1.1     skrll 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2812      1.1     skrll 		}
   2813      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2814      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2815      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2816      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   2817      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   2818      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   2819      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   2820      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2821      1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2822      1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2823  1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2824  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2825  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!info->shared)
   2826  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2827      1.1     skrll 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2828      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2829      1.1     skrll 
   2830      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2831      1.1     skrll 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2832      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   2833      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   2834      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2835      1.1     skrll 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2836      1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2837      1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2838      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2839  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   2840  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2841      1.1     skrll 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2842      1.1     skrll 
   2843  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2844      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2845      1.1     skrll 		}
   2846      1.1     skrll 
   2847      1.1     skrll 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2848      1.1     skrll 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2849      1.1     skrll 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2850      1.1     skrll 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2851      1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2852      1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2853      1.1     skrll 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2854      1.1     skrll 
   2855      1.1     skrll 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2856      1.1     skrll 
   2857      1.1     skrll 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2858      1.1     skrll 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2859      1.1     skrll 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2860      1.1     skrll 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2861      1.1     skrll 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2862      1.1     skrll 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2863      1.1     skrll 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2864      1.1     skrll 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2865      1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2866      1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2867      1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2868      1.1     skrll 		{
   2869      1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2870      1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2871      1.1     skrll 
   2872      1.1     skrll 		  if (h != NULL)
   2873      1.1     skrll 		    {
   2874      1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2875      1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2876      1.1     skrll 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2877      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2878      1.1     skrll 		  else
   2879      1.1     skrll 		    {
   2880      1.1     skrll 		      asection *s;
   2881  1.1.1.2  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2882      1.1     skrll 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2883  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2884  1.1.1.2  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2885  1.1.1.2  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2886      1.1     skrll 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2887      1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2888  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2889  1.1.1.2  christos 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2890  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2891  1.1.1.2  christos 			s = sec;
   2892      1.1     skrll 
   2893      1.1     skrll 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2894      1.1     skrll 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2895      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2896      1.1     skrll 
   2897      1.1     skrll 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2898      1.1     skrll 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2899      1.1     skrll 		      break;
   2900      1.1     skrll 
   2901      1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   2902      1.1     skrll 		    {
   2903      1.1     skrll 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2904      1.1     skrll 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2905      1.1     skrll 		      if (p == NULL)
   2906      1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2907      1.1     skrll 		      p->next = *head;
   2908      1.1     skrll 		      *head = p;
   2909      1.1     skrll 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2910      1.1     skrll 		      p->count = 0;
   2911      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2912      1.1     skrll 
   2913      1.1     skrll 		  ++p->count;
   2914      1.1     skrll 		}
   2915      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2916      1.1     skrll 
   2917      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2918      1.1     skrll 
   2919      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2920      1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2921      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2922      1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2923      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2924      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2925      1.1     skrll 
   2926      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2927      1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2928      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2929      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2930      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2931      1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2932      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2933      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2934      1.1     skrll 
   2935      1.1     skrll 	default:
   2936      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2937      1.1     skrll 	}
   2938      1.1     skrll     }
   2939      1.1     skrll 
   2940      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2941      1.1     skrll }
   2942      1.1     skrll 
   2943      1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2944      1.1     skrll    relocation.  */
   2945      1.1     skrll 
   2946      1.1     skrll static asection *
   2947      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2948      1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2949      1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2950      1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2951      1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2952      1.1     skrll {
   2953      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2954      1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2955      1.1     skrll       {
   2956      1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2957      1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2958      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   2959      1.1     skrll       }
   2960      1.1     skrll 
   2961      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2962      1.1     skrll }
   2963      1.1     skrll 
   2964      1.1     skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   2965      1.1     skrll 
   2966      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2967      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   2968      1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2969      1.1     skrll 			asection *sec,
   2970      1.1     skrll 			const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2971      1.1     skrll {
   2972      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2973      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2974      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   2975      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2976      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2977      1.1     skrll 
   2978      1.1     skrll   if (info->relocatable)
   2979      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2980      1.1     skrll 
   2981      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2982      1.1     skrll   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2983      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2984      1.1     skrll 
   2985      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2986      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2987      1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2988      1.1     skrll 
   2989      1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2990      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2991      1.1     skrll     {
   2992      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2993      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2994      1.1     skrll 
   2995      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2996      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2997      1.1     skrll 	{
   2998      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2999      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3000      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3001      1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3002      1.1     skrll 	}
   3003      1.1     skrll 
   3004      1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   3005      1.1     skrll 	{
   3006      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3007      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3008      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3009      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3010      1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3011      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3012      1.1     skrll 
   3013      1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
   3014      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3015      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3016  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3017  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3018  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3019  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   3020  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3021  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3022  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3023  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3024  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3025  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3026  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3027  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3028  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3029  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3030  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   3031  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   3032      1.1     skrll 
   3033      1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   3034      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3035      1.1     skrll 	      got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3036      1.1     skrll 						abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
   3037      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3038      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3039      1.1     skrll 
   3040      1.1     skrll 	  {
   3041      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3042      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
   3043      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   3044  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3045  1.1.1.2  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
   3046      1.1     skrll 					 ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
   3047      1.1     skrll 	    got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
   3048      1.1     skrll 
   3049      1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
   3050      1.1     skrll 
   3051      1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
   3052      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3053      1.1     skrll 		--got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
   3054      1.1     skrll 
   3055      1.1     skrll 		if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
   3056      1.1     skrll 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   3057      1.1     skrll 		  elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
   3058      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3059      1.1     skrll 	  }
   3060      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3061      1.1     skrll 
   3062      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3063      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3064      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3065      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3066      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3067      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3068      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3069      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3070      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3071      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   3072      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   3073      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   3074      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3075      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3076      1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   3077      1.1     skrll 		--h->plt.refcount;
   3078      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3079      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3080      1.1     skrll 
   3081      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3082      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3083      1.1     skrll 	}
   3084      1.1     skrll     }
   3085      1.1     skrll 
   3086      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3087      1.1     skrll }
   3088      1.1     skrll 
   3089      1.1     skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   3091      1.1     skrll 
   3092      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   3093      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   3094      1.1     skrll {
   3095      1.1     skrll   unsigned int features;
   3096      1.1     skrll 
   3097      1.1     skrll   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   3098      1.1     skrll   if (features & cpu32)
   3099      1.1     skrll     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   3100      1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   3101      1.1     skrll     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   3102      1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   3103      1.1     skrll     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   3104      1.1     skrll   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   3105      1.1     skrll }
   3106      1.1     skrll 
   3107      1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   3108      1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   3109      1.1     skrll    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   3110      1.1     skrll 
   3111      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3112      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3113      1.1     skrll {
   3114      1.1     skrll   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   3115      1.1     skrll      sections.  */
   3116      1.1     skrll   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   3117      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3118      1.1     skrll 
   3119      1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   3120      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3121      1.1     skrll }
   3122      1.1     skrll 
   3123      1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   3124      1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   3125      1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   3126      1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   3127      1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   3128      1.1     skrll 
   3129      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3130      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
   3131      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   3132      1.1     skrll      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3133      1.1     skrll {
   3134      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   3135      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3136      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3137      1.1     skrll 
   3138      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   3139      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3140      1.1     skrll 
   3141      1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   3142      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   3143      1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   3144      1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   3145      1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   3146      1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   3147      1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   3148      1.1     skrll 
   3149      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   3150      1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   3151      1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   3152      1.1     skrll   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   3153      1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   3154      1.1     skrll     {
   3155      1.1     skrll       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   3156      1.1     skrll            || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   3157      1.1     skrll 	   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   3158      1.1     skrll 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3159      1.1     skrll 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   3160      1.1     skrll 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   3161      1.1     skrll 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3162      1.1     skrll 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   3163      1.1     skrll 	{
   3164      1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   3165      1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   3166      1.1     skrll 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   3167      1.1     skrll 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   3168      1.1     skrll 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   3169      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3170      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   3171      1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   3172      1.1     skrll 	}
   3173      1.1     skrll 
   3174      1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3175      1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3176      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3177      1.1     skrll 	{
   3178      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3179      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3180      1.1     skrll 	}
   3181      1.1     skrll 
   3182      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   3183      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3184      1.1     skrll 
   3185      1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   3186      1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   3187      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3188      1.1     skrll 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   3189      1.1     skrll 
   3190      1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   3191      1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   3192      1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   3193      1.1     skrll 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   3194      1.1     skrll 	 the shared library.  */
   3195      1.1     skrll       if (!info->shared
   3196      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   3197      1.1     skrll 	{
   3198      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   3199      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   3200      1.1     skrll 	}
   3201      1.1     skrll 
   3202      1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   3203      1.1     skrll 
   3204      1.1     skrll       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   3205      1.1     skrll       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   3206      1.1     skrll 
   3207      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   3208      1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   3209      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   3210      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3211      1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   3212      1.1     skrll 
   3213      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   3214      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   3215      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3216      1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3217      1.1     skrll 
   3218      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3219      1.1     skrll     }
   3220      1.1     skrll 
   3221      1.1     skrll   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   3222      1.1     skrll      count any more.  */
   3223      1.1     skrll   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3224      1.1     skrll 
   3225      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   3226      1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   3227      1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   3228      1.1     skrll   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   3229      1.1     skrll     {
   3230      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3231      1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   3232      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   3233      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   3234      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3235      1.1     skrll     }
   3236      1.1     skrll 
   3237      1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   3238      1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   3239      1.1     skrll 
   3240      1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   3241      1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3242      1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3243      1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3244      1.1     skrll   if (info->shared)
   3245  1.1.1.2  christos     return TRUE;
   3246  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3247  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3248  1.1.1.2  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3249  1.1.1.2  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3250      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3251      1.1     skrll 
   3252      1.1     skrll   if (h->size == 0)
   3253      1.1     skrll     {
   3254      1.1     skrll       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
   3255      1.1     skrll 			     h->root.root.string);
   3256      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3257      1.1     skrll     }
   3258      1.1     skrll 
   3259      1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3260      1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3261      1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3262      1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3263      1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3264      1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3265      1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3266      1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3267      1.1     skrll      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3268      1.1     skrll 
   3269      1.1     skrll   s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3270      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3271      1.1     skrll 
   3272      1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3273      1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3274      1.1     skrll      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3275      1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3276      1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   3277      1.1     skrll     {
   3278      1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   3279      1.1     skrll 
   3280      1.1     skrll       srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3281      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3282      1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3283      1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3284      1.1     skrll     }
   3285      1.1     skrll 
   3286      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
   3287      1.1     skrll }
   3288      1.1     skrll 
   3289      1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3290      1.1     skrll 
   3291      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3292      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
   3293      1.1     skrll      bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
   3294      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   3295      1.1     skrll {
   3296      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3297      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3298      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3299      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3300      1.1     skrll 
   3301      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3302      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3303      1.1     skrll 
   3304      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3305      1.1     skrll     {
   3306      1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3307      1.1     skrll       if (info->executable)
   3308      1.1     skrll 	{
   3309      1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
   3310      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3311      1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3312      1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3313      1.1     skrll 	}
   3314      1.1     skrll     }
   3315      1.1     skrll   else
   3316      1.1     skrll     {
   3317      1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3318      1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3319      1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3320      1.1     skrll 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3321      1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3322      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3323      1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3324      1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3325      1.1     skrll     }
   3326      1.1     skrll 
   3327      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3328      1.1     skrll      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3329      1.1     skrll      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3330      1.1     skrll      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3331      1.1     skrll      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3332      1.1     skrll      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3333      1.1     skrll   if (info->shared)
   3334      1.1     skrll     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3335      1.1     skrll 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3336      1.1     skrll 			    (PTR) info);
   3337      1.1     skrll 
   3338      1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3339      1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3340      1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3341      1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3342      1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3343      1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3344      1.1     skrll     {
   3345      1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3346      1.1     skrll 
   3347      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3348      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3349      1.1     skrll 
   3350      1.1     skrll       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3351      1.1     skrll 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3352      1.1     skrll       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3353      1.1     skrll 
   3354      1.1     skrll       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3355      1.1     skrll 	{
   3356      1.1     skrll 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3357      1.1     skrll 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3358      1.1     skrll 	}
   3359      1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3360      1.1     skrll 	{
   3361      1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3362      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3363      1.1     skrll 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3364      1.1     skrll 
   3365      1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3366      1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3367      1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3368      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3369      1.1     skrll 	}
   3370      1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3371      1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3372      1.1     skrll 	{
   3373      1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3374      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3375      1.1     skrll 	}
   3376      1.1     skrll 
   3377      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3378      1.1     skrll 	{
   3379      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3380      1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3381      1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3382      1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3383      1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3384      1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3385      1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3386      1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3387      1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3388      1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3389      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3390      1.1     skrll 	}
   3391      1.1     skrll 
   3392      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3393      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3394      1.1     skrll 
   3395      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3396      1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3397      1.1     skrll 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3398      1.1     skrll 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3399      1.1     skrll 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3400      1.1     skrll 	 contents to zero.  */
   3401      1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3402      1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3403      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3404      1.1     skrll     }
   3405      1.1     skrll 
   3406      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3407      1.1     skrll     {
   3408      1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3409      1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3410      1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3411      1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3412      1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3413      1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3414      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3415      1.1     skrll 
   3416      1.1     skrll       if (!info->shared)
   3417      1.1     skrll 	{
   3418      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3419      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3420      1.1     skrll 	}
   3421      1.1     skrll 
   3422      1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3423      1.1     skrll 	{
   3424      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3425      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3426      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3427      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3428      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3429      1.1     skrll 	}
   3430      1.1     skrll 
   3431      1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3432      1.1     skrll 	{
   3433      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3434      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3435      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3436      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3437      1.1     skrll 	}
   3438      1.1     skrll 
   3439      1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3440      1.1     skrll 	{
   3441      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3442      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3443      1.1     skrll 	}
   3444      1.1     skrll     }
   3445      1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3446      1.1     skrll 
   3447      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3448      1.1     skrll }
   3449      1.1     skrll 
   3450      1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3451      1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3452      1.1     skrll    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3453      1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3454      1.1     skrll    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3455      1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3456      1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3457      1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.
   3458      1.1     skrll 
   3459      1.1     skrll    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3460      1.1     skrll    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3461      1.1     skrll    case.  */
   3462      1.1     skrll 
   3463      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3464      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (h, inf)
   3465      1.1     skrll      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3466      1.1     skrll      PTR inf;
   3467      1.1     skrll {
   3468      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3469      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3470      1.1     skrll 
   3471      1.1     skrll   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3472  1.1.1.2  christos     h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3473      1.1     skrll 
   3474      1.1     skrll   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3475      1.1     skrll     {
   3476      1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3477      1.1     skrll 	{
   3478      1.1     skrll 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3479      1.1     skrll 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3480      1.1     skrll 	       s != NULL;
   3481      1.1     skrll 	       s = s->next)
   3482      1.1     skrll 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3483      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3484      1.1     skrll 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3485      1.1     skrll 		break;
   3486      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3487      1.1     skrll 	}
   3488      1.1     skrll 
   3489      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3490      1.1     skrll     }
   3491      1.1     skrll 
   3492      1.1     skrll   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3493      1.1     skrll        s != NULL;
   3494      1.1     skrll        s = s->next)
   3495      1.1     skrll     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3496      1.1     skrll 
   3497      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3498  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3499  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3500  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3501  1.1.1.2  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3502  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3503  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3504  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3505  1.1.1.2  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3506  1.1.1.2  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3507  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3508  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3509  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3510  1.1.1.2  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3511  1.1.1.2  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3512  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3513  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3514  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3515  1.1.1.2  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3516  1.1.1.2  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3517  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3518  1.1.1.2  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3519  1.1.1.2  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3520  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3521  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   3522  1.1.1.2  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3523  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3524  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3525  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3526  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   3527  1.1.1.2  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3528  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3529  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3530  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   3531  1.1.1.2  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3532  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3533  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3534  1.1.1.2  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3535  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   3536  1.1.1.2  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3537  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3538  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3539  1.1.1.2  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3540  1.1.1.2  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3541  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3542  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3543  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3544  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3545  1.1.1.2  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3546  1.1.1.2  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3547  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3548  1.1.1.2  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3549  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3550  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3551  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3552  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3553  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3554  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3555  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3556  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3557  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3558  1.1.1.2  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3559  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3560  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3561  1.1.1.2  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3562  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3563  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3564  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3565  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3566  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3567  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3568  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3569  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3570  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3571  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3572  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3573  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   3574  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3575  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3576  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3577  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3578  1.1.1.2  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3579  1.1.1.2  christos    during dynamic link.
   3580  1.1.1.2  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3581  1.1.1.2  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3582  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3583  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3584  1.1.1.2  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3585  1.1.1.2  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3586  1.1.1.2  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3587  1.1.1.2  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3588  1.1.1.2  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3589  1.1.1.2  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3590  1.1.1.2  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3591  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3592  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3593  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3594  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3595  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3596  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3597  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3598  1.1.1.2  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3599  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3600  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3601  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3602  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3603  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3604  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3605  1.1.1.2  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3606  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3607  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3608  1.1.1.2  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3609  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3610  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3611  1.1.1.2  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3612  1.1.1.2  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3613  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3614  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3615  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3616  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3617  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3618  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3619  1.1.1.2  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3620  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3621  1.1.1.2  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3622  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3623  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3624  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   3625  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3626  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3627  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3628  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3629  1.1.1.2  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3630  1.1.1.2  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3631  1.1.1.2  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3632  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3633  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3634  1.1.1.2  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3635  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3636  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3637      1.1     skrll }
   3638      1.1     skrll 
   3639      1.1     skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3640      1.1     skrll 
   3641      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3642      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3643      1.1     skrll 			   contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
   3644      1.1     skrll      bfd *output_bfd;
   3645      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   3646      1.1     skrll      bfd *input_bfd;
   3647      1.1     skrll      asection *input_section;
   3648      1.1     skrll      bfd_byte *contents;
   3649      1.1     skrll      Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
   3650      1.1     skrll      Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
   3651      1.1     skrll      asection **local_sections;
   3652      1.1     skrll {
   3653      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3654      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3655      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3656      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   3657  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *splt;
   3658      1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   3659      1.1     skrll   asection *srela;
   3660      1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3661      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3662      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3663      1.1     skrll 
   3664      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3665      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3666      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3667      1.1     skrll 
   3668      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   3669  1.1.1.2  christos   splt = NULL;
   3670      1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   3671      1.1     skrll   srela = NULL;
   3672      1.1     skrll 
   3673      1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   3674      1.1     skrll 
   3675      1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3676      1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3677      1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3678      1.1     skrll     {
   3679      1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3680      1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3681      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3682      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3683      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3684      1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3685      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   3686      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3687      1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3688      1.1     skrll 
   3689      1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3690      1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3691      1.1     skrll 	{
   3692      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3693      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3694      1.1     skrll 	}
   3695      1.1     skrll       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3696      1.1     skrll 
   3697      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3698      1.1     skrll 
   3699      1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3700      1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3701      1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3702      1.1     skrll       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3703      1.1     skrll 
   3704      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3705      1.1     skrll 	{
   3706      1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3707      1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3708      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3709      1.1     skrll 	}
   3710      1.1     skrll       else
   3711      1.1     skrll 	{
   3712      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean warned;
   3713      1.1     skrll 
   3714      1.1     skrll 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3715      1.1     skrll 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3716      1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3717      1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned);
   3718      1.1     skrll 	}
   3719  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3720  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
   3721      1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3722      1.1     skrll 					 rel, relend, howto, contents);
   3723      1.1     skrll 
   3724      1.1     skrll       if (info->relocatable)
   3725      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3726      1.1     skrll 
   3727      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3728      1.1     skrll 	{
   3729      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3730      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3731      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3732      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3733      1.1     skrll 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3734      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3735      1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3736      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3737      1.1     skrll 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3738      1.1     skrll 		{
   3739      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3740      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3741      1.1     skrll 
   3742      1.1     skrll 		  if (sgot == NULL)
   3743      1.1     skrll 		    {
   3744      1.1     skrll 		      sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   3745      1.1     skrll 
   3746      1.1     skrll 		      if (sgot != NULL)
   3747      1.1     skrll 			sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3748      1.1     skrll 		      else
   3749      1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3750      1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3751      1.1     skrll 			   empty.
   3752      1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3753      1.1     skrll 			sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3754      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3755      1.1     skrll 		  else
   3756      1.1     skrll 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3757      1.1     skrll 
   3758      1.1     skrll 		  if (got == NULL)
   3759      1.1     skrll 		    {
   3760      1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3761      1.1     skrll 
   3762      1.1     skrll 		      bfd2got_entry
   3763      1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3764      1.1     skrll 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3765      1.1     skrll 
   3766      1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3767      1.1     skrll 			{
   3768      1.1     skrll 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3769      1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3770      1.1     skrll 
   3771      1.1     skrll 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3772      1.1     skrll 			}
   3773      1.1     skrll 		      else
   3774      1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3775      1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3776      1.1     skrll 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3777      1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3778      1.1     skrll 			got_offset = 0;
   3779      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3780      1.1     skrll 		  else
   3781      1.1     skrll 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3782      1.1     skrll 
   3783      1.1     skrll 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3784      1.1     skrll 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3785      1.1     skrll 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3786      1.1     skrll 		}
   3787      1.1     skrll 	      else
   3788      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3789      1.1     skrll 
   3790      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3791      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3792      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3793      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3794  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3795  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3796  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3797  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3798  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3799  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3800  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3801  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3802  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3803  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3804  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3805  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3806  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3807      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3808      1.1     skrll 
   3809      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3810      1.1     skrll 	     the global offset table.  */
   3811      1.1     skrll 
   3812      1.1     skrll 	  {
   3813      1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3814      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3815      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma off;
   3816      1.1     skrll 
   3817      1.1     skrll 	    if (sgot == NULL)
   3818      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3819      1.1     skrll 		sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   3820      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3821      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3822      1.1     skrll 
   3823      1.1     skrll 	    if (got == NULL)
   3824      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3825      1.1     skrll 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3826      1.1     skrll 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3827      1.1     skrll 						  NULL)->got;
   3828      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3829      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3830  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3831  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3832      1.1     skrll 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3833      1.1     skrll 					 r_type);
   3834      1.1     skrll 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3835      1.1     skrll 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3836  1.1.1.2  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3837  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3838  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3839  1.1.1.2  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3840  1.1.1.2  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3841  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3842      1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   3843  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   3844  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   3845  1.1.1.2  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3846  1.1.1.2  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3847  1.1.1.2  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3848      1.1     skrll 		       itself.  */
   3849  1.1.1.2  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3850  1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   3851  1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3852  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3853  1.1.1.2  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3854  1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
   3855  1.1.1.2  christos 			|| (info->shared
   3856  1.1.1.2  christos 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3857      1.1     skrll 			|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3858  1.1.1.2  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3859  1.1.1.2  christos 		      {
   3860  1.1.1.2  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3861  1.1.1.2  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3862  1.1.1.2  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3863  1.1.1.2  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3864  1.1.1.2  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3865  1.1.1.2  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3866  1.1.1.2  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3867  1.1.1.2  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3868  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3869  1.1.1.2  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3870  1.1.1.2  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3871  1.1.1.2  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3872  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3873  1.1.1.2  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3874  1.1.1.2  christos 							output_bfd,
   3875  1.1.1.2  christos 							r_type,
   3876  1.1.1.2  christos 							sgot,
   3877  1.1.1.2  christos 							off,
   3878      1.1     skrll 							relocation);
   3879      1.1     skrll 
   3880  1.1.1.2  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3881  1.1.1.2  christos 		      }
   3882      1.1     skrll 		    else
   3883  1.1.1.2  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3884  1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   3885      1.1     skrll 		else if (info->shared) /* && h == NULL */
   3886  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3887      1.1     skrll 		  {
   3888  1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (srela == NULL)
   3889  1.1.1.2  christos 		      {
   3890      1.1     skrll 			srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3891      1.1     skrll 			BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3892  1.1.1.2  christos 		      }
   3893  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3894  1.1.1.2  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3895  1.1.1.2  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3896  1.1.1.2  christos 							  r_type,
   3897  1.1.1.2  christos 							  sgot,
   3898  1.1.1.2  christos 							  off,
   3899  1.1.1.2  christos 							  relocation,
   3900  1.1.1.2  christos 							  srela);
   3901  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3902  1.1.1.2  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3903  1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   3904  1.1.1.2  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !info->shared */
   3905  1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   3906  1.1.1.2  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3907  1.1.1.2  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3908  1.1.1.2  christos 						    r_type,
   3909  1.1.1.2  christos 						    sgot,
   3910  1.1.1.2  christos 						    off,
   3911      1.1     skrll 						    relocation);
   3912      1.1     skrll 
   3913      1.1     skrll 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3914      1.1     skrll 		  }
   3915  1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   3916  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3917  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3918  1.1.1.2  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3919      1.1     skrll 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3920  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3921  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3922  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3923  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3924      1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3925      1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3926      1.1     skrll 	      {
   3927      1.1     skrll 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3928      1.1     skrll 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3929      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3930      1.1     skrll 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3931      1.1     skrll 
   3932      1.1     skrll 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3933      1.1     skrll 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3934      1.1     skrll 		else
   3935      1.1     skrll 		  {
   3936      1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3937      1.1     skrll 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3938      1.1     skrll 		  }
   3939      1.1     skrll 
   3940      1.1     skrll 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3941      1.1     skrll 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3942      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3943      1.1     skrll 	    else
   3944      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3945      1.1     skrll 			    + off);
   3946      1.1     skrll 	  }
   3947  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3948  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3949  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3950  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3951  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3952  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3953  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3954  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3955  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3956  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3957  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3958  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   3959  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3960  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3961  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
   3962  1.1.1.2  christos 		   "in shared object"),
   3963  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3964  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3965  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3966  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3967  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3968  1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3969  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3970      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3971      1.1     skrll 
   3972      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3973      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3974      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3975      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3976      1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3977      1.1     skrll 
   3978      1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3979      1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3980      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3981      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3982      1.1     skrll 
   3983      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3984      1.1     skrll 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3985      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3986      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3987      1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3988      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3989      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3990      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3991      1.1     skrll 
   3992      1.1     skrll 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3993      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3994      1.1     skrll 	      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   3995      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3996      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3997      1.1     skrll 
   3998      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3999      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   4000      1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   4001      1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   4002      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4003      1.1     skrll 
   4004      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   4005      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   4006      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   4007      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   4008      1.1     skrll 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   4009      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4010      1.1     skrll 
   4011      1.1     skrll 	  if (splt == NULL)
   4012      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4013      1.1     skrll 	      splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   4014      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   4015      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4016      1.1     skrll 
   4017      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   4018      1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   4019      1.1     skrll 
   4020      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   4021      1.1     skrll 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   4022      1.1     skrll 
   4023      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4024      1.1     skrll 
   4025      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   4026  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_16:
   4027  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   4028  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_PC8:
   4029      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   4030  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   4031      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   4032      1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4033      1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   4034      1.1     skrll 	      && (h == NULL
   4035      1.1     skrll 		  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4036      1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4037      1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   4038  1.1.1.2  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   4039      1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   4040      1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4041      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4042      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4043      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4044      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   4045      1.1     skrll 
   4046      1.1     skrll 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4047      1.1     skrll 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4048      1.1     skrll 		 time.  */
   4049      1.1     skrll 
   4050      1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   4051      1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4052      1.1     skrll 
   4053      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4054      1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4055      1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   4056      1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4057      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   4058      1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4059      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4060      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4061      1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4062      1.1     skrll 
   4063      1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   4064      1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4065      1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   4066      1.1     skrll 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   4067      1.1     skrll 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   4068      1.1     skrll 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   4069      1.1     skrll 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   4070      1.1     skrll 			   || !info->shared
   4071      1.1     skrll 			   || !info->symbolic
   4072      1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   4073      1.1     skrll 		{
   4074      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   4075      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   4076      1.1     skrll 		}
   4077      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4078      1.1     skrll 		{
   4079      1.1     skrll 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   4080      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   4081      1.1     skrll 
   4082      1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   4083      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4084      1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   4085      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   4086      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4087      1.1     skrll 		  else
   4088      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4089      1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   4090      1.1     skrll 
   4091      1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   4092      1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   4093      1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   4094      1.1     skrll 			{
   4095      1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4096      1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   4097      1.1     skrll 			}
   4098      1.1     skrll 		      else
   4099      1.1     skrll 			{
   4100      1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   4101      1.1     skrll 
   4102      1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   4103      1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   4104      1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   4105      1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   4106      1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   4107      1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   4108      1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4109      1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   4110      1.1     skrll 			    {
   4111      1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4112      1.1     skrll 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   4113      1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   4114      1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4115      1.1     skrll 			    }
   4116      1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   4117      1.1     skrll 			}
   4118      1.1     skrll 
   4119      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   4120      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4121      1.1     skrll 		}
   4122      1.1     skrll 
   4123      1.1     skrll 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   4124      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4125      1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   4126      1.1     skrll 
   4127      1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4128      1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4129      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4130      1.1     skrll 
   4131      1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   4132      1.1     skrll                  need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   4133      1.1     skrll                  relocations that have been turned into
   4134      1.1     skrll                  R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   4135      1.1     skrll 	      if (!relocate)
   4136      1.1     skrll 		continue;
   4137      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4138      1.1     skrll 
   4139      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4140      1.1     skrll 
   4141      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4142      1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4143      1.1     skrll 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   4144      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   4145      1.1     skrll 
   4146      1.1     skrll 	default:
   4147      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4148      1.1     skrll 	}
   4149      1.1     skrll 
   4150      1.1     skrll       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   4151      1.1     skrll 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   4152      1.1     skrll 	 not process them.  */
   4153      1.1     skrll       if (unresolved_reloc
   4154      1.1     skrll 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4155      1.1     skrll 	       && h->def_dynamic))
   4156      1.1     skrll 	{
   4157      1.1     skrll 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4158      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   4159      1.1     skrll 	     input_bfd,
   4160      1.1     skrll 	     input_section,
   4161      1.1     skrll 	     (long) rel->r_offset,
   4162      1.1     skrll 	     howto->name,
   4163      1.1     skrll 	     h->root.root.string);
   4164      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   4165  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4166  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4167  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4168  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   4169  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   4170  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4171  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   4172  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4173  1.1.1.2  christos 	  char sym_type;
   4174  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4175  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   4176  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4177  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   4178  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4179  1.1.1.2  christos 	      const char *name;
   4180  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4181  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   4182  1.1.1.2  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   4183  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   4184  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4185  1.1.1.2  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   4186  1.1.1.2  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   4187  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   4188  1.1.1.2  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4189  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4190  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4191  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4192  1.1.1.2  christos 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   4193  1.1.1.2  christos 		  ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   4194  1.1.1.2  christos 		  : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   4195  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4196  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   4197  1.1.1.2  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset,
   4198  1.1.1.2  christos 		 howto->name,
   4199  1.1.1.2  christos 		 name);
   4200  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4201      1.1     skrll 	}
   4202      1.1     skrll 
   4203      1.1     skrll       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4204      1.1     skrll 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   4205      1.1     skrll 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4206      1.1     skrll 
   4207      1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4208      1.1     skrll 	{
   4209      1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   4210      1.1     skrll 
   4211      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4212      1.1     skrll 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   4213      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4214      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4215      1.1     skrll 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4216      1.1     skrll 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4217      1.1     skrll 						      sym->st_name);
   4218      1.1     skrll 	      if (name == NULL)
   4219      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4220      1.1     skrll 	      if (*name == '\0')
   4221      1.1     skrll 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4222      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4223      1.1     skrll 
   4224      1.1     skrll 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   4225      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4226      1.1     skrll 	      if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   4227      1.1     skrll 		    (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4228      1.1     skrll 		     (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
   4229      1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_offset)))
   4230      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4231      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4232      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4233      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4234      1.1     skrll 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4235      1.1     skrll 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   4236      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   4237      1.1     skrll 		 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   4238      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4239      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4240      1.1     skrll 	}
   4241      1.1     skrll     }
   4242      1.1     skrll 
   4243      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4244      1.1     skrll }
   4245      1.1     skrll 
   4246      1.1     skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   4247      1.1     skrll    into section SEC.  */
   4248      1.1     skrll 
   4249      1.1     skrll static void
   4250      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4251      1.1     skrll {
   4252      1.1     skrll   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4253      1.1     skrll   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4254      1.1     skrll 
   4255      1.1     skrll   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4256      1.1     skrll   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4257      1.1     skrll 
   4258      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4259      1.1     skrll }
   4260      1.1     skrll 
   4261      1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4262      1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   4263      1.1     skrll 
   4264      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4265      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
   4266      1.1     skrll      bfd *output_bfd;
   4267      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4268      1.1     skrll      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4269      1.1     skrll      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   4270      1.1     skrll {
   4271      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4272      1.1     skrll 
   4273      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4274      1.1     skrll 
   4275      1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4276      1.1     skrll     {
   4277      1.1     skrll       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4278      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4279      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4280      1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4281      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4282      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4283      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4284      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4285      1.1     skrll 
   4286      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4287      1.1     skrll 	 it up.  */
   4288      1.1     skrll 
   4289      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4290      1.1     skrll 
   4291      1.1     skrll       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4292      1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   4293      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4294      1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4295      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4296      1.1     skrll 
   4297      1.1     skrll       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4298      1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4299      1.1     skrll 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4300      1.1     skrll 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4301      1.1     skrll       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4302      1.1     skrll 
   4303      1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4304      1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4305      1.1     skrll 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4306      1.1     skrll       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4307      1.1     skrll 
   4308      1.1     skrll       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4309      1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4310      1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->size);
   4311      1.1     skrll 
   4312      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4313      1.1     skrll 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4314      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4315      1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset));
   4316      1.1     skrll 
   4317      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4318      1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents
   4319      1.1     skrll 		  + h->plt.offset
   4320      1.1     skrll 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4321      1.1     skrll 
   4322      1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4323      1.1     skrll 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4324      1.1     skrll 
   4325      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4326      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4327      1.1     skrll 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4328      1.1     skrll 		   + splt->output_offset
   4329      1.1     skrll 		   + h->plt.offset
   4330      1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4331      1.1     skrll 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4332      1.1     skrll 
   4333      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4334      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4335      1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4336      1.1     skrll 		       + got_offset);
   4337      1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4338      1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4339      1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4340      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4341      1.1     skrll 
   4342      1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   4343      1.1     skrll 	{
   4344      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4345      1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4346      1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4347      1.1     skrll 	}
   4348      1.1     skrll     }
   4349      1.1     skrll 
   4350      1.1     skrll   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4351      1.1     skrll     {
   4352      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4353      1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4354      1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4355      1.1     skrll 
   4356      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4357      1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   4358      1.1     skrll 
   4359      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
   4360      1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   4361      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4362      1.1     skrll 
   4363      1.1     skrll       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4364      1.1     skrll 
   4365  1.1.1.2  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4366  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4367      1.1     skrll 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4368  1.1.1.2  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4369  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4370      1.1     skrll 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4371      1.1     skrll 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4372      1.1     skrll 
   4373      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4374  1.1.1.2  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4375      1.1     skrll 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4376      1.1     skrll 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4377  1.1.1.2  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4378      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   4379  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4380  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4381  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4382  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4383  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4384  1.1.1.2  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4385  1.1.1.2  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4386  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4387  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4388  1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4389  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4390  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4391  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4392  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4393  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4394  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4395  1.1.1.2  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4396  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4397  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4398  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4399  1.1.1.2  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4400  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4401  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4402  1.1.1.2  christos 		default:
   4403  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4404  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4405  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4406  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4407  1.1.1.2  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4408  1.1.1.2  christos 						    r_type,
   4409  1.1.1.2  christos 						    sgot,
   4410  1.1.1.2  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4411      1.1     skrll 						    relocation,
   4412      1.1     skrll 						    srela);
   4413      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4414  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4415  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4416  1.1.1.2  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4417  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4418  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4419  1.1.1.2  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4420  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4421  1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4422  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4423  1.1.1.2  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4424  1.1.1.2  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4425  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4426  1.1.1.2  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4427  1.1.1.2  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4428      1.1     skrll 	      }
   4429  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4430  1.1.1.2  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4431  1.1.1.2  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4432      1.1     skrll 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4433  1.1.1.2  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4434  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4435  1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4436  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4437  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4438  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4439  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4440  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4441  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4442  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4443  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4444  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4445  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4446  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4447  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4448  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4449  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4450  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4451  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4452  1.1.1.2  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4453  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4454  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4455  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4456  1.1.1.2  christos 		default:
   4457  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4458  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   4459      1.1     skrll 		}
   4460      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4461      1.1     skrll 
   4462      1.1     skrll 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4463      1.1     skrll 	}
   4464      1.1     skrll     }
   4465      1.1     skrll 
   4466      1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   4467      1.1     skrll     {
   4468      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   4469      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4470      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4471      1.1     skrll 
   4472      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4473      1.1     skrll 
   4474      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4475      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4476      1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4477      1.1     skrll 
   4478      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
   4479      1.1     skrll 				   ".rela.bss");
   4480      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4481      1.1     skrll 
   4482      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4483      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4484      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4485      1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4486      1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4487      1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4488      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4489      1.1     skrll     }
   4490      1.1     skrll 
   4491      1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   4492      1.1     skrll   if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
   4493      1.1     skrll       || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
   4494      1.1     skrll     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   4495      1.1     skrll 
   4496      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4497      1.1     skrll }
   4498      1.1     skrll 
   4499      1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4500      1.1     skrll 
   4501      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4502      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
   4503      1.1     skrll      bfd *output_bfd;
   4504      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4505      1.1     skrll {
   4506      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4507      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   4508      1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   4509      1.1     skrll 
   4510      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4511      1.1     skrll 
   4512      1.1     skrll   sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4513      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4514      1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4515      1.1     skrll 
   4516      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4517      1.1     skrll     {
   4518      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4519      1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4520      1.1     skrll 
   4521      1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
   4522      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4523      1.1     skrll 
   4524      1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4525      1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4526      1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4527      1.1     skrll 	{
   4528      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4529      1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   4530      1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   4531      1.1     skrll 
   4532      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4533      1.1     skrll 
   4534      1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4535      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4536      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   4537      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4538      1.1     skrll 
   4539      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4540      1.1     skrll 	      name = ".got";
   4541      1.1     skrll 	      goto get_vma;
   4542      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4543      1.1     skrll 	      name = ".rela.plt";
   4544      1.1     skrll 	    get_vma:
   4545      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
   4546      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4547      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   4548      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4549      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4550      1.1     skrll 
   4551      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4552      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4553      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4554      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4555      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4556      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4557      1.1     skrll 
   4558      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   4559      1.1     skrll 	      /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
   4560      1.1     skrll 		 not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
   4561      1.1     skrll 		 Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
   4562      1.1     skrll 		 make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since the
   4563      1.1     skrll 		 linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
   4564      1.1     skrll 		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
   4565      1.1     skrll 		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
   4566      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4567      1.1     skrll 	      if (s != NULL)
   4568      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   4569      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4570      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4571      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4572      1.1     skrll 	}
   4573      1.1     skrll 
   4574      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4575      1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   4576      1.1     skrll 	{
   4577      1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4578      1.1     skrll 
   4579      1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4580      1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4581      1.1     skrll 
   4582      1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4583      1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4584      1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4585      1.1     skrll 				  + 4));
   4586      1.1     skrll 
   4587      1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4588      1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4589      1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4590      1.1     skrll 				  + 8));
   4591      1.1     skrll 
   4592      1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4593      1.1     skrll 	    = plt_info->size;
   4594      1.1     skrll 	}
   4595      1.1     skrll     }
   4596      1.1     skrll 
   4597      1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4598      1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4599      1.1     skrll     {
   4600      1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4601      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4602      1.1     skrll       else
   4603      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4604      1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4605      1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   4606      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4607      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4608      1.1     skrll     }
   4609      1.1     skrll 
   4610      1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4611      1.1     skrll 
   4612      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4613      1.1     skrll }
   4614      1.1     skrll 
   4615      1.1     skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4616      1.1     skrll    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4617      1.1     skrll    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4618      1.1     skrll    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4619      1.1     skrll    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4620      1.1     skrll    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4621      1.1     skrll 
   4622      1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   4623      1.1     skrll bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   4624      1.1     skrll      bfd *abfd;
   4625      1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4626      1.1     skrll      asection *datasec;
   4627      1.1     skrll      asection *relsec;
   4628      1.1     skrll      char **errmsg;
   4629      1.1     skrll {
   4630      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4631      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4632      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4633      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4634      1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *p;
   4635      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt;
   4636      1.1     skrll 
   4637      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (! info->relocatable);
   4638      1.1     skrll 
   4639      1.1     skrll   *errmsg = NULL;
   4640      1.1     skrll 
   4641      1.1     skrll   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4642      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4643      1.1     skrll 
   4644      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4645      1.1     skrll 
   4646      1.1     skrll   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4647      1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4648      1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, datasec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4649      1.1     skrll 		      info->keep_memory));
   4650      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4651      1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4652      1.1     skrll 
   4653      1.1     skrll   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4654      1.1     skrll   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4655      1.1     skrll   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4656      1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4657      1.1     skrll 
   4658      1.1     skrll   p = relsec->contents;
   4659      1.1     skrll 
   4660      1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4661      1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4662      1.1     skrll     {
   4663      1.1     skrll       asection *targetsec;
   4664      1.1     skrll 
   4665      1.1     skrll       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4666      1.1     skrll        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4667      1.1     skrll        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4668      1.1     skrll        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4669      1.1     skrll        characters.  */
   4670      1.1     skrll 
   4671      1.1     skrll       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4672      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4673      1.1     skrll 	{
   4674      1.1     skrll 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
   4675      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4676      1.1     skrll 	  goto error_return;
   4677      1.1     skrll 	}
   4678      1.1     skrll 
   4679      1.1     skrll       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4680      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4681      1.1     skrll 	{
   4682      1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4683      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4684      1.1     skrll 
   4685      1.1     skrll 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4686      1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4687      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4688      1.1     skrll 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4689      1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4690      1.1     skrll 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4691      1.1     skrll 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4692      1.1     skrll 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4693      1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4694      1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
   4695      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4696      1.1     skrll 
   4697      1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4698      1.1     skrll 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4699      1.1     skrll 	}
   4700      1.1     skrll       else
   4701      1.1     skrll 	{
   4702      1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
   4703      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4704      1.1     skrll 
   4705      1.1     skrll 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4706      1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4707      1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4708      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4709      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4710      1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4711      1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4712      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4713      1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4714      1.1     skrll 	}
   4715      1.1     skrll 
   4716      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4717      1.1     skrll       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4718      1.1     skrll       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4719      1.1     skrll 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4720      1.1     skrll     }
   4721      1.1     skrll 
   4722      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4723      1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4724      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4725      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4726      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4727      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4728      1.1     skrll 
   4729      1.1     skrll error_return:
   4730      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4731      1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4732      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4733      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4734      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4735      1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   4736      1.1     skrll }
   4737      1.1     skrll 
   4738      1.1     skrll /* Set target options.  */
   4739      1.1     skrll 
   4740      1.1     skrll void
   4741      1.1     skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4742  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4743  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4744  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4745      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4746      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4747      1.1     skrll 
   4748      1.1     skrll   switch (got_handling)
   4749      1.1     skrll     {
   4750  1.1.1.2  christos     case 0:
   4751  1.1.1.2  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4752  1.1.1.2  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4753      1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4754      1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4755      1.1     skrll       break;
   4756      1.1     skrll 
   4757  1.1.1.2  christos     case 1:
   4758  1.1.1.2  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4759  1.1.1.2  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4760      1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4761      1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4762      1.1     skrll       break;
   4763      1.1     skrll 
   4764  1.1.1.2  christos     case 2:
   4765  1.1.1.2  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4766  1.1.1.2  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4767      1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4768      1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4769      1.1     skrll       break;
   4770      1.1     skrll 
   4771  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4772  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4773  1.1.1.2  christos       return;
   4774  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4775  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4776  1.1.1.2  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4777  1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4778  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4779  1.1.1.2  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4780      1.1     skrll       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4781      1.1     skrll       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4782      1.1     skrll     }
   4783      1.1     skrll }
   4784      1.1     skrll 
   4785      1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4786      1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (rela)
   4787      1.1     skrll      const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
   4788      1.1     skrll {
   4789      1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4790      1.1     skrll     {
   4791      1.1     skrll     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4792      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   4793      1.1     skrll     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4794      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   4795      1.1     skrll     case R_68K_COPY:
   4796      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   4797      1.1     skrll     default:
   4798      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   4799      1.1     skrll     }
   4800      1.1     skrll }
   4801      1.1     skrll 
   4802      1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4803      1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4804      1.1     skrll 
   4805      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   4806      1.1     skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4807      1.1     skrll 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4808      1.1     skrll {
   4809      1.1     skrll   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4810      1.1     skrll }
   4811      1.1     skrll 
   4812      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_m68k_vec
   4813      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4814      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4815      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4816      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4817      1.1     skrll 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4818      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4819      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4820      1.1     skrll /* ??? Should it be this macro or bfd_elfNN_bfd_link_hash_table_create?  */
   4821      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free \
   4822      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free
   4823      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4824      1.1     skrll 
   4825      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4826      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4827      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4828      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4829      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4830  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4831      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4832      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4833      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4834      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4835      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4836      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4837      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4838      1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4839      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4840      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
   4841      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4842      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4843      1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4844      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4845      1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4846      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4847      1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4848      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4849      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4850      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4851      1.1     skrll 
   4852      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4853      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4854      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4855      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4856      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4857      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4858      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4859                    
   4860                    #include "elf32-target.h"
   4861